Skip to main content

Full text of "Systematics of the extinct South American marsupial family Polydolopidae"

See other formats


CO 

CO 


Ui-ivLrtSUY  OF 
rH  ILLINOIS  LIBRARY 

a.  AJ  URBANA-CHAMPAIGN 

co  GEOLOGY 


The  person  charging  this  material  is  re- 
sponsible for  its  return  to  the  library  from 
which  it  was  withdrawn  on  or  before  the 
Latest  Date  stamped  below. 

Theft,    mutilation,    and    underlining    of    books    are    reasons 

for    disciplinary    action    and    may    result    in    dismissal    from 

the  University. 

To  renew  call  Telephone  Center,  333-8400 

UNIVERSITY    OF    ILLINOIS    LIBRARY    AT    URBANA-CHAMPAIGN 


i  in i   ii  m  iniu 


DEC  $ 


L161— O-1096 


FIELDIANA 
Geology 

Published  by  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History 


New  Series,  No.  12 


SYSTEMATICS  OF  THE  EXTINCT  SOUTH  AMERICAN 
MARSUPIAL  FAMILY  POLYDOLOPIDAE 

LARRY  G.  MARSHALL 


December  30,  1982 
Publication  1339 


SYSTEMATICS  OF  THE  EXTINCT  SOUTH  AMERICAN 
MARSUPIAL  FAMILY  POLYDOLOPIDAE 


FIELDIANA 
Geology 

Published  by  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History 


New  Series,  No.  12 


SYSTEMATICS  OF  THE  EXTINCT  SOUTH  AMERICAN 
MARSUPIAL  FAMILY  POLYDOLOPIDAE 

LARRY  G.  MARSHALL 

Department  of  Geosciences 
University  of  Arizona 
Tucson,  Arizona  85721 


Accepted  for  publication  April  16,  1982 
December  30,  1982 
Publication  1339 


Library  of  Congress  Catalog  Card  No.:  82-82735 

ISSN  0096-2651 

PRINTED  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA 


CONTENTS 

List  of  Illustrations vi 

List  of  Appendices viii 

Abstract 1 

Introduction 2 

Abbreviations 2 

Acknowledgments 2 

Historical  Review   5 

Systematics 15 

Superfamily  Polydolopoidea 15 

Family  Polydolopidae 15 

Subfamily  Polydolopinae 16 

Polydolops   16 

P.  clavulus 17 

P.  kamektsen  20 

P.  rothi 22 

P.  winecage  23 

P.  serra 25 

P.  thomasi   34 

P.  mayoi 44 

P?  sp.  indet 48 

Summary  of  Evolution  of  Polydolops   48 

Pseudolops  51 

P.  princeps 51 

Amphidolops   54 

A.  yapa 55 

A.  serrula 56 

Eudolops 60 

£.  tetragonus 61 

E.  hernandezi  sp.  nov 70 

Subfamily  Epidolopinae   73 

Epidolops   sf. . . . .  74 

E.  ameghinpi  74 

Evolution  of  Polydolopidae 82 

Literature  Cited 89 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS 

1.  Map  of  South  America  showing  some  vertebrate  fossil  localities  discussed 

in  text 3 

2.  Map   of  Chubut  Province,   southern   Argentina,    showing   some   fossil 
localities  discussed  in  text 4 

3.  Chronology  of  South  American  Paleogene  land  mammal  ages   6 

4.  Phylogenetic    affinities    of    Polydolopidae    as    conceived    by    Ameghi- 

no  7 

5.  Cladograms    showing    possible    phylogenetic    relationships    of    poly- 
dolopoids,  phalangeroids,  and  caenolestoids 10 

6.  Postcanine  cheek  tooth  nomenclature  used  for  polydolopids  by  various 
workers  10 

7.  Labial  and  occlusal  views  of  right  mandibular  rami  of  living  Austral- 
asian "diprotodonts" 11 

8.  Labial  and  occlusal  views  of  right  mandibular  rami  of  living  and  fossil 
South  American  "pseudodiprotodonts"   13 

9.  Polydolops  clavulus  Ameghino,  1902b  (Casamayoran) 18 

10.  Polydolops  clavulus  Ameghino,  1902b  (Casamayoran) 18 

11.  Polydolops  clavulus  Ameghino,  1902b  (Casamayoran) 19 

12.  Polydolops  clavulus  Ameghino,  1902b  (Casamayoran) 19 

13.  Polydolops  kamektsen  Simpson,  1935a  (Riochican) 21 

14.  Polydolops  kamektsen  Simpson,  1935a  (Riochican) 21 

15.  Polydolops  rothi  Simpson,  1936  (Riochican) 22 

16.  Polydolops  rothi  Simpson,  1936  (Riochican) 23 

17.  Polydolops  winecage  Simpson,  1935a  (Riochican) 24 

18.  Polydolops  winecage  Simpson,  1935a  (Riochican) 24 

19.  Polydolops  serra  Ameghino,  1902b  (Casamayoran) 26 

20.  Polydolops  serra  Ameghino,  1902b. (Casamayoran) 27 

21.  Polydolops  serra  Ameghino,  1902b  (Casamayoran) 28 

22.  Polydolops  serra  Ameghino,  1902b  (Casamayoran) 29 

23.  Polydolops  serra  Ameghino,  1902b  (Casamayoran) 29 

24.  Polydolops  serra  Ameghino,  1902b  (Casamayoran) 29 

25.  Polydolops  serra  Ameghino,  1902b  (Casamayoran) 30 

26.  Polydolops  serra  Ameghino,  1902b  (Casamayoran) 31 

27.  Polydolops  serra  Ameghino,  1902b  (Casamayoran) 32 

28.  Polydolops  serra  Ameghino,  1902b  (Casamayoran) 33 

29.  Polydolops  serra  Ameghino,  1902b  (Casamayoran) 34 

30.  Polydolops  thomasi  Ameghino,  1897  (Casamayoran)   35 

31.  Polydolops  thomasi  Ameghino,  1897  (Casamayoran)   36 

32.  Polydolops  thomasi  Ameghino,  1897  (Casamayoran)   37 

33.  Polydolops  thomasi  Ameghino,  1897  (Casamayoran)   38 

34.  Polydolops  thomasi  Ameghino,  1897  (Casamayoran)   40 

35.  Polydolops  thomasi  Ameghino,  1897  (Casamayoran)   43 

36.  Polydolops  mayoi  Odreman  Rivas,  1978  (Mustersan) 45 

37.  Polydolops  mayoi  Odreman  Rivas,  1978  (Mustersan) 46 


38.  Polydolops  mayoi  Odreman  Rivas,  1978  (Mustersan) 47 

39.  Polydolops?  sp.  indet.  (Deseadan)  49 

40.  Cladogram  showing  probable  phylogenetic  relationships  of  the  known 
species  of  Polydolops 50 

41.  Pseudolops  princeps  Ameghino,  1902b  (Casamayoran)   52 

42.  Amphidolops  yapa  (Simpson,  1935a)  (Riochican) 55 

43.  Amphidolops  yapa  (Simpson,  1935a)  (Riochican) 56 

44.  Amphidolops  serrula  Ameghino,  1902b  (Casamayoran) 56 

45.  Amphidolops  serrula  Ameghino,  1902b  (Casamayoran) 57 

46.  Amphidolops  serrula  Ameghino,  1902b  (Casamayoran) 57 

47.  Amphidolops  serrula  Ameghino,  1902b  (Casamayoran) 58 

48.  Amphidolops  serrula  Ameghino,  1902b  (Casamayoran) 59 

49.  Amphidolops  serrula  Ameghino,  1902b  (Casamayoran) 60 

50.  Eudolops  tetragonus  Ameghino,  1897  (Casamayoran) 62 

51.  Eudolops  tetragonus  Ameghino,  1897  (Casamayoran) 63 

52.  Eudolops  tetragonus  Ameghino,  1897  (Casamayoran) 64 

53.  Eudolops  tetragonus  Ameghino,  1897  (Casamayoran) 65 

54.  Eudolops  tetragonus  Ameghino,  1897  (Casamayoran) 66 

55.  Eudolops  tetragonus  Ameghino,  1897  (Casamayoran) 66 

56.  Eudolops  tetragonus  Ameghino,  1897  (Casamayoran) 67 

57.  Eudolops  tetragonus  Ameghino,  1897  (Casamayoran) 67 

58.  Eudolops  tetragonus  Ameghino,  1897  (Casamayoran) 68 

59.  Eudolops  tetragonus  Ameghino,  1897  (Casamayoran) 69 

60.  Eudolops  hernandezi  sp.  nov.  (Casamayoran) 71 

61.  Eudolops  hernandezi  sp.  nov.  (Casamayoran) 72 

62.  Epidolops  ameghinoi  Paula  Couto,  1952  (Riochican) 75 

63.  Epidolops  ameghinoi  Paula  Couto,  1952  (Riochican) 76 

64.  Epidolops  ameghinoi  Paula  Couto,  1952  (Riochican) 77 

65.  Epidolops  ameghinoi  Paula  Couto,  1952  (Riochican) 78 

66.  Epidolops  ameghinoi  Paula  Couto,  1952  (Riochican) 79 

67.  Epidolops  ameghinoi  Paula  Couto,  1952  (Riochican) 80 

68.  Epidolops  ameghinoi  Paula  Couto,  1952  (Riochican) 81 

69.  Comparison  of  lower  dentitions  of  various  species  of  Polydolopidae 
showing  relative  size  and  proportions  of  teeth 83 

70.  Comparison  of  upper  dentitions  of  various  species  of  Polydolopidae 
showing  relative  size  and  proportions  of  teeth 84 

71.  Size  distribution  of  various  species  of  Polydolopidae  as  indicated  by 
relationship  of  length  vs.  width  of  P3  85 

72.  Size  distribution  of  various  species  of  Polydolopidae  as  indicated  by 
relationship  of  length  of  Pt  vs.  length  of  M,    86 

73.  Size  distribution  of  various  species  of  Polydolopidae  as  indicated  by 
relationship  of  length  vs.  width  of  M2 87 

74.  Cladogram    showing    probable    phylogenetic    relationships   of   better- 
known  genera  of  Polydolopidae  88 


LIST  OF  APPENDICES 

1.  Measurements  of  lower  cheek  teeth  of  some  species  of  Polydolops 92 

2.  Measurements  of  cheek  teeth  of  Polydolops  serra 92 

3.  Measurements  of  upper  cheek  teeth  of  Polydolops  thomasi  93 

4.  Measurements  of  lower  cheek  teeth  of  Polydolops  thomasi 93 

5.  Statistics  for  some  cheek  tooth  dimensions  of  Polydolops  thomasi 95 

6.  Measurements  of  lower  cheek  teeth  of  Polydolops  mayoi 95 

7.  Summary  and  distribution  of  some  diagnostic  characters  of  known  spe- 
cies of  Polydolops 96 

8.  Measurements  of  cheek  teeth  of  Amphidolops  serrula  99 

9.  Measurements  of  some  cheek  teeth  of  species  of  Eudolops 100 

10.  Measurements  of  upper  cheek  teeth  of  Epidolops  ameghinoi 101 

11.  Measurements  of  lower  cheek  teeth  of  Epidolops  ameghinoi    102 

12.  Statistics  for  some  cheek  tooth  dimensions  of  Epidolops  ameghinoi 104 

13.  Summary  and  distribution  of  some  diagnostic  characters  of  better-known 
genera  of  Polydolopidae   105 


ABSTRACT 

Members  of  the  extinct  marsupial  family  Polydolopidae  (superfamily 
Polydolopoidea)  are  known  in  South  America  from  beds  of  Riochican  (middle  to 
late  Paleocene),  Casamayoran  (early  Eocene),  and  Mustersan  (middle  Eocene) 
age  in  Patagonia,  southern  Argentina;  from  beds  of  Riochican  age  in  Brazil;  and 
apparently  from  beds  of  Deseadan  (early  Oligocene)  age  in  Bolivia.  Five  genera 
and  13  species,  grouped  in  two  subfamilies,  are  recognized.  The  Epidolopinae 
include  Epidolops  ameghinoi  Paula  Couto,  1952,  from  Riochican  beds  in  Brazil, 
and  an  unnamed  and  undescribed  epidolopine  (apparently  referrable  to 
Epidolops)  from  Riochican  beds  in  southern  Argentina.  The  Polydolopinae  in- 
clude Polydolops  clavulus  Ameghino,  1902b  (Casamayoran);  P.  kamektsen 
Simpson,  1935a  (Riochican);  P.  rothi  Simpson,  1936  (Riochican);  P.  winecage 
Simpson,  1935a  (Riochican);  P.  serra  Ameghino,  1902b  (Casamayoran);  P. 
thomasi  Ameghino,  1897  (Casamayoran);  P.  mayoi  Odreman  Rivas,  1978  (Mus- 
tersan); Pseudolops  princeps  Ameghino,  1902b  (Casamayoran);  Amphidolops  yapa 
(Simpson,  1935a)  (Riochican);  A.  serrula  Ameghino,  1902b  (Casamayoran); 
Eudolops  tetragonus  Ameghino,  1897  (Casamayoran);  and  £.  hernandezi  sp.  nov. 
(Casamayoran) — all  from  Patagonia,  southern  Argentina.  A  specimen  from 
beds  of  Deseadan  age  in  Bolivia  is  tentatively  referred  to  Polydolops?  sp.  indet. 

The  species  and  genera  are  readily  distinguished  on  the  basis  of  absolute  and 
relative  size,  structure  of  cheek  teeth,  presence  or  absence  of  various  teeth,  and 
formation  by  certain  teeth  of  the  "plagiaulacoid"  or  bladelike  elements  in  the 
dentition  (e.g.,  P-  and  P8  /  P;i  and  trigonid  of  M, — Polydolops,  Eudolops;  P'  /  P, 
and  trigonid  of  M, — Amphidolops;  P'  /  P, — Epidolops).  An  attempt  is  made  to 
demonstrate  that  the  large  procumbent  lower  tooth  in  polydolopids  is  the 
canine  and  not  an  incisor. 

A  historical  review  is  given  of  polydolopid  systematics.  Nomenclature  and 
relationships  of  included  taxa  are  stabilized  and  clarified.  Taxonomic  limits  of 
the  Polydolopidae  are  defined;  the  group  is  shown  to  be  monophyletic  in  ori- 
gin. It  is  concluded  that  the  Polydolopoidea  and  Caenolestoidea  evolved  in- 
dependently from  didelphoidlike  ancestors  in  South  America:  any  spe- 
cializations shared  by  these  groups,  either  with  one  another  or  with  Austral- 
asian Phalangeroidea,  are  the  result  of  convergence  in  evolution. 


2  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

INTRODUCTION 

This  study  is  a  detailed  systematic  review  of  the  extinct  South  American 
marsupial  family  Polydolopidae  Ameghino,  1897  (superfamily  Polydolopoidea). 
Revised  diagnoses  are  given  for  the  family,  subfamilies,  genera,  and  species, 
along  with  a  list  of  included  taxa  and  synonymies.  Consideration  is  given  to 
previous  views  of  the  relationships  of  polydolopoids  with  other  marsupial 
groups  to  demonstrate  that  the  included  taxa  are  monophyletic  relative  to  other 
superfamilies. 

The  families  and  superfamilies  of  Marsupialia  are  in  need  of  a  rigorous 
cladistic  analysis  to  clarify  their  phylogenetic  relationships,  and  this  study  is 
but  a  step  to  that  end.  It  is  limited  in  scope  to  stabilization  of  nomenclature, 
clarification  of  the  phylogenetic  relationships  of  included  taxa,  and  definition  of 
the  known  taxonomic  limits  of  the  Polydolopidae. 

During  the  course  of  this  study  I  was  able  to  examine  firsthand  all  pertinent 
known  materials,  including  type  and  referred  specimens.  This  work  includes 
discussion  and  description  of  some  new  materials,  but  is  essentially  based  on  a 
reappraisal  of  previously  known  specimens  and  literature;  it  represents  an  at- 
tempt to  bring  together  in  one  place  a  modern,  expanded,  and  synthetic  treat- 
ment of  these  animals. 

The  fossil  localities  mentioned  below  (figs.  1,  2)  are  shown  on  maps  and 
discussed  in  greater  detail  in  various  papers  summarized  in  Marshall, 
Hoffstetter  &  Pascual  (in  press).  The  chronology  and  usage  of  South  American 
Paleogene  land  mammal  ages  (fig.  3)  follows  Marshall,  Butler,  Drake,  &  Curtis 
(1981)  and  Marshall,  Hoffstetter,  &  Pascual  (in  press)  and  references  therein. 

ABBREVIATIONS 

Abbreviations  used  in  the  text,  figure  captions,  and  appendices  of  mea- 
surements are:  C,  canine;  ca,  approximate  measurement;  CV,  coefficient  of 
variation;  I,  incisor;  L,  length;  M,  molar;  N,  number;  OR,  observed  range  of 
sample;  P,  premolar;  s,  standard  deviation  of  sample;  W,  width;  and  x,  mean. 
All  measurements  are  in  millimeters  (mm). 

Abbreviations  used  for  specimens  from  institutional  collections  are:  AC, 
Amherst  College,  Amherst,  Massachusetts;  AMNH,  American  Museum  of  Nat- 
ural History,  New  York;  DGM,  Divisao  de  Geologia  e  Mineralogia  do  De- 
partamento  Nacional  da  Producao  Mineral,  Rio  de  Janeiro,  Brazil;  FMNH,  Field 
Museum  of  Natural  History,  Chicago;  MACN,  Museo  Argentino  de  Ciencias 
Naturales  "Bernardino  Rivadavia",  Buenos  Aires,  Argentina;  MLP,  Museo  de 
La  Plata,  La  Plata,  Argentina;  MMP,  Museo  Municipal  de  Ciencias  Naturales  de 
Mar  del  Plata  "Lorenzo  Scaglia",  Mar  del  Plata,  Argentina;  MNHN,  Museum 
National  d'Histoire  Naturelle,  Paris,  France;  MNRJ,  Museu  Nacional  e  Uni- 
versidade  Federal  do  Rio  de  Janeiro,  Rio  de  Janeiro,  Brazil;  and  PU,  Princeton 
University,  Princeton,  New  Jersey. 

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 

I  am  indebted  to  the  following  individuals  for  allowing  me  to  study  speci- 
mens at  their  respective  institutions:  D.  Baird  (PU);  J.  Bonaparte  (MACN);  M. 
Coombs  (AC);  R.  Pascual  (MLP);  L.  Price  and  D.  Campos  (DGM);  G.  Scaglia 
(MMP);  F.  L.  de  Souza  Cunha  (MNRJ);  and  M.  C.  McKenna  and  R.  H.  Tedford 


80° 

60° 

40° 

-0°^ 

>£*                             o°- 

-20° 

\1> 

\La  Sal  la 

J            20°- 
1        Sao  Jose  de  Itaborai' 

-40° 

fli        V 

40°- 

0                      600 
l_ i .,„_j 

v\\\\\\ 

^  Fig.  2  J 

km 

Ai«^ 

80°           ^S6* 

60° 

40°                            20° 

Fig.  1.  Map  of  South  America  showing  some  vertebrate  fossil  localities  (filled  circles) 
discussed  in  text. 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE  5 

(AMNH).  The  figures  of  specimens  were  drawn  by  Elizabeth  Liebman;  the 
stereophotos  were  made  by  Ron  Testa  from  original  specimens  or  epoxy  casts. 
Initial  stages  of  this  study  were  made  possible  by  three  grants  (1329,  1698, 
1943)  from  the  National  Geographic  Society,  Washington,  D.C.;  completion  was 
made  possible  by  National  Science  Foundation  grant  DEB-7901976. 

HISTORICAL  REVIEW 

Polydolopids  were  first  discovered  by  the  eminent  Argentine  collector  Carlos 
Ameghino  during  his  ninth  trip  to  Patagonia,  southern  Argentina,  during  the 
austral  summer  of  1895-96.  The  specimens  collected  by  Carlos  were  described 
by  his  elder  brother  Florentino,  who  in  1897  named  two  monotypic  genera, 
Polydolops  (P.  ihomasi)  and  Eudolops  (E.  tetragonus),  and  placed  them  in  a  new 
marsupial  family:  the  Polydolopidae.  These  taxa  were  based  on  specimens  col- 
lected from  the  Barranca  (cliff)  south  of  Lago  Colhue-Huapi  (fig.  2)  from  a  level 
which  Florentino  recognized  as  yielding  the  Notostylops  fauna,  the  basis  of  the 
Casamayoran  land  mammal  age,  conventionally  assigned  to  the  early  Eocene 
(fig.  3).  Subsequent  trips  by  Carlos  to  Patagonia  resulted  in  collection  of  addi- 
tional specimens  of  Casamayoran  polydolopids,  and  these  too  were  described 
and  named  by  Florentino  (see  Ameghino,  1902a,  b,  1903,  1904a,  b,  1906). 

By  1906  Florentino  had  named  a  dozen  genera  now  recognized  as 
polydolopids,  and  these  (along  with  Odontomysops — of  uncertain  affinity,  see 
Simpson,  1948,  p.  68)  he  placed  in  various  families  in  the  Allotheria  (  =  Mul- 
tituberculata)  as  follows: 

Suborder  Allotheria 
Family  Odontomysopidae 

Odontomysops 
Family  Promysopidae 

Promysops 

Propolymastodon 
Family  Polydolopidae 

Polydolops 

Eudolops 

Pseudolops 

Pliodolops 

Amphidolops 

Orthodolops 

Archaeodolops 

Anadolops 
Family  Neoplagiaulacidae 

Anissodolops 

Ameghino  (e.g.,  1903)  (see  fig.  4)  regarded  the  Polydolopidae  as  descendants 
of  one  group  of  caenolestoids,  the  "Garzonidae"  (  =  Caenolestinae,  see  Mar- 
shall, 1980a),  and  ancestors  of  another  caenolestoid  group,  the  "Abderitidae" 
(  =  Abderitinae,  see  Marshall,  1980a).  He  also  derived  some  multituberculates 
and  rodents  from  polydolopids.  Ameghino  thus  considered  polydolopids  re- 
lated to  multituberculates,  rodents,  and  caenolestoids,  groups  now  regarded  as 
belonging  to  the  Prototheria,  Eutheria,  and  Metatheria,  respectively.  Such  a 
relationship  was  based  on  the  common  possession  by  at  least  some  caenoles- 
toids, polydolopoids,  and  multituberculates  of  a  "plagiaulacoid"  shearing  tooth 
(see  Simpson,  1933),  a  procumbent  gliriform  tooth,  and/or  various  similarities 
in  cheek  teeth  morphology.  Many  of  Ameghino's  contemporary  workers  and 


Millions 
of  years 
ago 


25- 


30- 


35- 


40- 


45- 


50- 


55- 


60- 


65 


Epoch 


LU 

z 

LU 
O 

o 
o 


LU 

z 

LU 
O 

o 

LU 


LU 

z 

LU 
O 

o 

LU 

_l 
< 
Q. 


South  American 
Land  Mammal  Ages 


Colhuehuapian 


Deseadan 


Divisaderan 


■'/////////////& 


Mustersan 


V/////////////7, 


Casamayoran 


Riochican 


Z 


Fig.  3.  Chronology  of  South  American  Paleogene  land  mammal  ages.  Hatching  denotes 
hiatuses  in  knowledge  of  fossil  land  mammal  faunas. 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE 


CD 

<D 

CO 

CO 

U 

-2 

1 

"3 

■o 

co 

o 

O) 

CO 

-2 

CO 

Q. 

E 

o 

_^. 

<D 

^ 

^ 

a. 

c 

a 

O 


0) 
CO 

;o 
o 
■2 

"3 

5> 

CO 


Polydolopidae 


CD 

n 


CD 
-Q 


\imysopidi 
1/ 

Polydolopidae 


/ 


Microlestidae 


Coenolestidae 


Garzonidae 


Microbiotheridae 

Fig.  4.  Phylogenetic  affinities  of  Polydolopidae  as  conceived  by  Ameghino  (1903,  sim- 
plified from  chart  on  p.  188). 


some  subsequent  ones  followed  his  views  and  classified  the  various 
polydolopid  taxa  among  the  Multituberculata. 

Gregory  (1910,  pp.  211-14),  however,  regarded  the  resemblances  between 
polydolopids,  multituberculates,  and  rodents  as  a  result  of  convergence  in  evo- 
lution. He  tentatively  suggested  that  polydolopids  were  a  specialized  branch  of 
caenolestoids.  This  view  was  championed  by  Simpson  (1928,  1930,  1933),  who 
concluded  (1928,  p.  13): 

The  family  Polydolopidae  represents  an  early  and  specialized  side  branch  of  the 
group  Caenolestoidea,  more  or  less  intimately  allied  to  the  true  Caenolestidae  and  like 
the  latter  ultimately  derived  from  primitive  Cretaceous  polyprotodont  marsupials 
similar  to  or  belonging  in  the  family  Didelphidae  in  a  broad  sense. 


8  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

Accordingly,  Simpson  (1930)  classified  them  (along  with  several  taxa  of  un- 
certain or  other  affinity)  as  follows: 

Order  Marsupialia 

Superfamily  Caenolestoidea 
Family  Caenolestidae 
Family  Polydolopidae 

Amphidolops 

Anadolops 

Anissodolops 

Archaeodolops 

Eomannodon 

Eudolops 

Odontomysops 

Orthodolops 

Pliodolops 

Polydolops 

Promysops 

Propolymastodon 

Pseudolops 

During  1930-31  and  1933-34,  Simpson  made  substantial  collections  of  early 
Tertiary  mammals,  including  polydolopids,  from  various  localities  in 
Patagonia,  southern  Argentina.  Most  of  these  polydolopids  were  of 
Casamayoran  age,  but  a  few  were  from  older  beds  which  Simpson  named  the 
Rio  Chico  Formation,  namesake  of  the  Riochican  land  mammal  age  now  known 
to  encompass  middle  and  late  Paleocene  time  (Marshall  et  al.,  1981)  (fig.  3). 

Simpson  described  and  named  these  specimens  and  others  in  a  series  of 
subsequent  papers  (1935a,  b,  1936,  1948,  1964,  1967b).  In  1948  he  reviewed  the 
Polydolopidae  in  volume  one  of  The  Beginning  of  the  Age  of  Mammals  in  South 
America,  and  at  that  time  included  consideration  and  measurements  of  all 
known  pertinent  specimens.  Based  on  progressive  knowledge  of  the  affinities  of 
included  taxa,  Simpson  (1948)  classified  them  as  follows: 

Order  Marsupialia 

Superfamily  Caenolestoidea 
Family  Caenolestidae 
Family  Polydolopidae 
Amphidolops  (incl.  Anadolops) 
Eudolops  (incl.  Promysops,  Propolymastodon) 

Polydolops  (incl.  Pseudolops,  Pliodolops,  Orthodolops,  Anissodolops,  Archaeo- 
dolops) 
Seumadia 

Simpson  (1948)  noted  that  classification  of  the  Patagonian  specimens  at  the 
generic  level  proved  difficult.  The  available  material  was  scanty  in  number  of 
specimens  and  fragmentary  in  preservation.  Associated  upper  and  lower  den- 
titions were  unknown,  and  association  of  any  sort  was  uncommon.  Most  im- 
portantly, the  types  are  not  all  comparable;  numerous  names,  often  applied  to 
fragmentary  materials,  cannot  always  be  rejected  and  often  cannot  be  validated. 
Of  the  four  genera  recognized  by  Simpson,  Amphidolops,  Eudolops,  and 
Polydolops  were  known  from  referred  partial  upper  and  lower  dentitions,  while 
Seumadia  was  known  only  from  an  isolated  M:i  (his  M4). 

Paula  Couto  (1952,  1961,  1970)  described  a  new  genus,  Epidolops,  from  fissure 
filling  of  Riochican  age  in  the  Itaborai  Formation  in  a  limestone  quarry  at  Sao 
Jose  de  Itaborai,  northwest  of  Niteroi,  capital  of  the  state  of  Rio  de  Janeiro, 
Brazil  (fig.  1).  The  described  material  includes  a  nearly  complete  skull  and 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE  9 

associated  mandible,  making  Epidolops  the  most  completely  known  of  all 
polydolopids. 

All  species  and  specimens  of  polydolopids  described  so  far  are  of  Riochican  or 
Casamayoran  age;  the  group  was  long  believed  to  have  gone  extinct  at  the  end 
of  Casamayoran  time.  Recently,  however,  Odreman  Rivas  (1978)  described  a 
new  species  of  Polydolops  from  beds  of  Mustersan  (middle  Eocene)  age  in 
Patagonia,  and  Patterson  &  Marshall  (1978)  recorded  a  fragmentary  polydolopid 
of  indeterminate  affinity  from  the  Deseadan  (early  Oligocene)  fauna  from  Salla, 
Bolivia  (fig.  1). 

Pascual  (1980a)  assigned  two  genera,  Prepidolops  and  Bonapartherium  (the 
latter  tentatively),  to  the  Polydolopoidea,  although  he  later  (1980b,  1981)  re- 
garded them  as  specialized  Didelphoidea,  a  view  followed  here.  These  taxa  are 
from  the  Lumbrera  Formation  in  Salta  Province,  northwestern  Argentina,  and 
are  regarded  as  Casamayoran  in  age.  Pascual  &  Bond  (1981)  most  recently  rec- 
ognized two  subfamilies  of  Polydolopidae,  the  Polydolopinae  and  Epidolopinae 
(the  latter  to  include  only  Epidolops).  This  grouping  is  followed  and  further 
documented  below. 

After  this  study  was  completed,  polydolopoids  were  discovered  in  beds  of 
Eocene  age  on  Seymour  Island,  Antarctica  (see  Simon,  1982).  These  specimens 
are  being  described  by  Dr.  M.  O.  Woodburne,  University  of  California- 
Riverside. 

Based  largely  on  the  work  of  Simpson  (1928,  1948)  and  Paula  Couto  (op.  cit.), 
the  marsupial  affinities  of  polydolopids  have  been  firmly  established.  The  fea- 
tures which  indicate  their  marsupial  affinity  are  the  joint  occurrence  of  an 
inflected  angle  on  the  mandibular  ramus  and  a  cheek  tooth  formula  of  Pl-3  and 
Ml-4  (Marshall,  1979).  Yet  the  affinities  of  polydolopoids  with  other  marsupial 
groups,  namely,  caenolestoids  and  Australasian  phalangeroids,  have  been  the 
subject  of  long  dispute. 

Four  views  exist  regarding  the  possible  phylogenetic  relationships  of  these 
groups  (fig.  5):  1)  phalangeroids,  polydolopoids,  and  caenolestoids  are  a 
monophyletic  group  (fig.  5a);  2)  phalangeroids  and  polydolopoids  are  a 
monophyletic  group  relative  to  caenolestoids  (fig.  5b);  3)  polydolopoids  and 
caenolestoids  are  a  monophyletic  group  relative  to  phalangeroids  (fig.  5c);  and 
4)  polydolopoids  and  caenolestoids  represent  independent  lines  of  evolution 
from  didelphoidlike  ancestors  in  South  America,  any  specializations  they  share 
among  themselves  or  with  Australasian  phalangeroids  being  the  result  of  con- 
vergence in  evolution  (fig.  5d).  The  controversy  stems  from  uncertainties  re- 
garding homologies  of  the  "plagiaulacoid"  shearing  tooth,  the  lower  pro- 
cumbent gliriform  tooth,  reduced  antemolar  teeth,  and  various  similarities  in 
cheek  tooth  morphology. 

The  issues  have  been  clarified  in  recent  years  by  additional  fossil  materials 
and  by  study  of  various  aspects  of  soft  part  anatomy  of  living  caenolestoid  and 
phalangeroid  taxa,  including  structure  of  brain,  sperm  morphology,  and  rates  of 
evolution  of  blood  proteins.  I  will  first  review  data  bearing  on  the  controversy 
and  then  consider  which  of  the  four  possible  scenarios  of  affinity  appears  best 
supported  by  the  data. 

1.  Cheek  tooth  formula  and  homology  of  " plagiaulacoid"  tooth.  —  I  recognize  the 
permanent  primitive  marsupial  dental  formula  so  far  known  as  If,  C{,  Pj,  Mf, 
and  accordingly  label  the  three  premolars  as  PI,  P2,  P3  and  the  four  molars  as 
Ml,  M2,  M3,  M4  (fig.  6).  This  is  the  classic  system  for  serial  designation  of  the 


10  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

phalangeroids        polydolopoids        caenolestoids 

t 


phalangeroids        polydolopoids        caenolestoids 


caenolestoids        polydolopoids        phalangeroids 


phalangeroids        polydolopoids        caenolestoids 


Fig.  5.  Cladograms  showing  possible  phylogenetic  relationships  of  polydolopoids, 
phalangeroids,  and  caenolestoids.  Solid  circles  mark  relative  times  of  acquisition  of  de- 
rived characters  (if  any)  which  would  indicate  the  unity  of  two  (b,c)  or  all  three  (a)  groups, 
or  the  independent  acquisition  of  derived  characters  by  each  group  (d). 


Ameghino,  1903 

Ml 

M2 

M3 

M4 

M5 

M6 

M7 

Simpson,  1948 

PI 

P2 

P3 

Ml 

M2 

M3 

M4 

Paula  Couto,  1952; 

this  author 

PI 

P2 

P3 

Ml 

M2 

M3 

M4 

Fig.  6.  Postcanine  cheek  tooth  nomenclature  used  for  polydolopids  by  Ameghino  (e.g., 
1903),  Simpson  (e.g.,  1948),  Paula  Couto  (1952),  and  this  author. 


permanent  cheek  teeth  in  marsupials,  and  its  use  implies  homology  within  the 
Marsupialia  but  not  necessarily  with  other  therian  groups.  (Ameghino  [e.g., 
1903]  numbered  the  cheek  teeth  as  one  series,  calling  them  all  molars  [fig.  6], 
while  Simpson  [e.g.,  1948]  designated  the  "plagiaulacoid"  tooth  in 
polydolopoids  the  Ml  on  the  assumption  that  polydolopoids  were  specialized 
caenolestoids  [fig.  6]). 

In  most  phalangeroids  there  are  four  permanent  molars  (fig.  7),  although  in 
some  groups  (i.e.,  Burramyidae)  the  M4  has  been  lost.  In  those  phalangeroid 
groups  having  a  "plagiaulacoid"  tooth  it  is  always  the  P3,  although  the  P2  may 


Fig.  7.  Labial  and  occlusal  views  of  right  mandibular  rami  of  living  Australasian  "di- 
protodonts".  Top,  Petaurus  breviceps  (FMNH  60954);  middle,  Trichosurus  vulpecula 
(FMNH  60933);  bottom,  Hypsiprymnodon  moschatus  (FMNH  60953).  Scale  =  10  mm.  After 
fig.  21.3a  in  Marshall,  1980b. 


11 


12  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

also  show  bladelike  specializations  (Archer,  1978).  All  caenolestoids  have  four 
permanent  molars  (fig.  8,  top).  The  "plagiaulacoid"  tooth,  in  those  forms  hav- 
ing it,  is  the  Ml  (e.g.,  Abderites;  fig.  8,  bottom);  in  some  forms  (e.g.,  Parabder- 
ites)  the  P3  is  bladelike  as  well  (Marshall,  1976,  1980a). 

It  was  long  believed  that  the  "plagiaulacoid"  tooth  in  polydolopoids  was  the 
Ml.  This  view  was  based  on  the  fact  that  this  tooth  was  followed  by  three 
molariform  teeth,  the  same  arrangement  as  occurs  in  abderitine  caenolestids 
(fig.  8,  bottom).  Based  on  specimens  of  Epidolops  from  Riochican  age  in  Brazil, 
Paula  Couto  (1952)  demonstrated  that  the  "plagiaulacoid"  tooth  in 
polydolopoids  is  the  P3  (fig.  8,  middle)  and  not  the  Ml  as  previously  believed. 
This  knowledge  is  based  on  the  fact  that  species  of  Epidolops  retain  a  small  M4 
lost  in  all  other  known  polydolopoids. 

Thus,  the  main  "plagiaulacoid"  tooth  in  phalangeroids  and  polydolopoids  is 
the  P3,  while  in  abderitine  caenolestids  it  is  the  Ml.  Loss  of  the  M4  has  occurred 
in  some  phalangeroids  and  in  all  polydolopoids  except  Epidolops. 

2.  Homologies  of  large  lower  procumbent  gliriform  tooth.  — Ride  (1962)  re- 
viewed data  bearing  on  the  identity  and  homology  of  the  large  lower  pro- 
cumbent tooth  in  caenolestoids  and  phalangeroids.  He  concluded  that  in 
phalangeroids  this  tooth  was  probably  the  I:j  (or  possibly  even  the  L,)  (fig.  7), 
while  in  caenolestoids  (fig.  8,  top)  it  was  either  the  I,  or  L. 

The  procumbent  tooth  in  polydolopoids  is  regarded  as  an  incisor  by  all  earlier 
workers.  I  believe  there  is  sufficient  evidence,  however,  to  suggest  that  this 
tooth  is  the  canine.  In  the  type  of  Epidolops  ameghinoi  (see  p.  74),  there  are  three 
procumbent  single-rooted  teeth  in  the  lower  jaw.  Paula  Couto  regarded  the 
smaller  two  anteromedial  ones  (1952,  fig.  3)  as  incisors,  and  the  posterolabial 
larger  one  as  the  canine.  I  concur  with  these  identifications  but  refrain  from 
identifying  the  homology  of  the  two  incisors.  A  similar  situation  occurs  in  the 
type  (MACN  10340a)  of  "Promysops  acuminatus"  (  =  Eudolops  tetragonus,  see  p. 
61)  in  which  there  are  alveoli  of  three  antepremolar  teeth.  The  most  distal  of 
these  is  very  large;  the  two  mesial  ones  are  small  and  set  one  above  the  other, 
the  more  distal  of  the  two  being  the  smaller.  This  arrangement  in  relative  size 
and  placement  of  the  antepremolar  teeth  is  identical  to  that  seen  in  Epidolops 
ameghinoi.  Assuming  these  teeth  are  homologous  in  the  two  species,  then  the 
larger  distal  alveolus  in  the  type  of  "P.  acuminatus"  can  be  regarded  as  a  canine 
and  the  two  smaller,  mesial  ones  as  incisors.  It  is  my  contention  that  in  the 
evolution  of  polydolopoids  the  incisors  continued  to  decrease  in  size  in  some 
lineages  relative  to  the  canine  and  that,  as  seen  in  species  of  Polydolops  (see  p. 
16),  all  the  incisors  are  eventually  lost,  leaving  the  canine  as  the  large  pro- 
cumbent tooth.  An  intermediate  stage  in  this  trend  exists  in  Epidolops  ameghinoi 
and  "Promysops  acuminatus." 

An  alternative  view  regarding  the  homology  of  the  large  procumbent  tooth  in 
polydolopoids  is  that  it  represents  the  I3  or  L,.  This  interpretation  is  possible  if  it 
is  assumed  that  the  tooth  in  Epidolops  identified  by  Paula  Couto  as  the  canine  is 
really  a  posterior  incisor  (I:{  or  L;).  If  this  were  the  case,  then  the  canine  was  lost 
very  early  in  polydolopoid  evolution  and  the  I;!  or  L.  became  large  at  a  very  early 
time  in  the  history  of  this  group.  I  do  not  prefer  this  view,  although  some 
workers  may  favor  it  as  a  viable  alternative  to  the  interpretation  followed  here. 

In  summary,  the  large  procumbent  lower  tooth  in  phalangeroids  appears  to 
be  the  I3  (or  I4);  in  caenolestoids  it  is  either  the  I,  or  L>,  while  in  polydolopoids  it 
is  apparently  the  canine. 


M.P3 


Fig.  8.  Labial  and  occlusal  views  of  right  mandibular  rami  of  living  and  fossil  South 
American  "pseudodiprotodonts".  Top,  Caenolestes  fuliginosus  (FMNH  53303)  (living); 
middle,  Epidolops  ameghinoi  (DGM  321-M)  (Riochican);  bottom,  Abderites  meridionalis 
(MACN  2037)  (early  Miocene-Santacrucian).  Scale  =10  mm.  After  fig.  21.3b  in  Marshall, 
1980b. 


13 


14  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

3.  Brain  structure.  —  The  controversy  of  phalangeroid,  polydolopoid,  and 
caenolestoid  affinity  was  in  part  clarified  by  Abbie's  (1937)  study  of  the  brains 
of  marsupials.  He  demonstrated  that  in  all  marsupial  groups  studied,  except  for 
Australasian  phalangeroids,  two  large  fiber  bundles  interconnect  pallial  struc- 
tures of  the  two  cerebral  hemispheres.  This  same  pattern  of  commissural  con- 
nections occurs  in  monotremes,  and  by  application  of  the  principles  of  com- 
monality and  outgroup  comparison  it  probably  also  occurred  in  the  therian 
ancestors  of  marsupials  and  placentals  (Marshall,  1979).  In  phalangeroids  a  third 
bundle  of  neocortical  commissural  fibers,  the  fasciculus  aberrans,  is  added,  a 
condition  regarded  as  apomorphic  (derived)  for  that  group  of  marsupials  (Mar- 
shall, 1979).  Caenolestoids  lack  this  structure  (Obenchain,  1925)  and  as  such 
show  no  special  affinity  to  phalangeroids,  as  least  as  far  as  the  state  of  this 
character  is  concerned. 

4.  Sperm  pairing  and  morphology .  —  Biggers  &  DeLamater  (1965)  demon- 
strated that  a  high  percentage  of  pairing  of  spermatozoa  in  the  epididymes 
occurs  in  each  of  the  species  of  didelphids  and  caenolestids  tested,  but  no 
evidence  of  this  phenomenon  was  observed  in  the  Australasian  marsupials 
studied.  As  inferred  elsewhere  (Marshall,  1980a),  sperm  pairing  is  a  derived 
condition  among  the  Mammalia,  indicating  that  all  living  American  marsupials 
form  a  monophyletic  group  relative  to  Australasian  taxa.  Biggers  &  DeLamater 
also  demonstrated  that  the  structure  of  sperm  in  Caenolestes  was  distinct  from 
that  of  other  American  and  Australasian  marsupials  tested. 

5.  Serology.  —  Kirsch  (in  Hayman  et  al.,  1971)  compared  blood  sera  of  two 
species  of  caenolestids  with  members  of  all  families  of  living  Marsupialia,  except 
Thylacynidae.  He  concluded  (1977)  that  the  two  caenolestids  are  more  similar  to 
each  other  than  they  are  to  any  other  marsupial  group.  Furthermore,  his  data 
suggested  a  tripartite  split  among  living  marsupials:  caenolestoids,  didelphoids, 
and  Australasian  taxa. 

These  data  suggest  that  the  inferred  relationships  of  caenolestoids,  pha- 
langeroids, and  polydolopoids  (fig.  5,  cladogram  d)  best  express  their  relative 
affinity.  While  phalangeroids  and  polydolopoids  are  synapomorphous,  having 
P3  as  the  "plagiaulacoid"  tooth,  this  feature  is  here  regarded  as  a  convergent 
feature  in  evolution.  This  view  is  supported  by  the  fact  that  a  phalangeroid- 
polydolopoid  special  relationship  is  not  supported  by  any  additional 
synapomorphous  features.  Indeed,  the  gliriform  tooth  in  phalangeroids  and 
polydolopoids  is  apparently  not  homologous  (although  it  could  be  so  inter- 
preted by  some  worker),  and  loss  of  the  M4  in  some  members  of  each  group  is 
regarded  as  a  convergent  feature. 

Structure  of  the  brain,  sperm,  sperm  pairing,  and  serology,  as  well  as  knowl- 
edge of  homology  of  the  "plagiaulacoid"  tooth  and  the  large  lower  procumbent 
tooth,  do  not  support  a  special  relationship  between  phalangeroids  and 
caenolestoids.  Caenolestoids  and  polydolopoids  are  in  turn  distinguished  by 
apparent  differences  in  homology  of  the  "plagiaulacoid"  and  gliriform  tooth. 
All  in  all,  these  features  suggest  an  independent  evolution  of  each  of  these 
groups  from  a  more  generalized,  possibly  didelphoidlike  ancestor. 

Apart  from  the  supposed  homology  of  the  "plagiaulacoid"  and  gliriform 
tooth,  and  of  the  reduced  antemolar  teeth,  other  features  shared  by  caenoles- 
toids and  polydolopoids  were  recognized  by  early  workers  as  supporting  their 
close  affinity.  Simpson  (1948,  pp.  51-52)  noted  that  the  "proliferation  of  cusps" 
in  the  upper  molars  of  polydolopoids  seems  to  overlie  a  caenolestoid  ancestry  in 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE  15 

which  these  teeth  are  broad  and  subquadrate,  with  a  median  basin,  outer  and 
inner  cuspate  crests,  and  a  bilobed  lingual  surface.  In  addition,  the  lower  molar 
pattern  as  seen  in  the  generalized  structure  of  M3  in  polydolopoids  resembles 
abderitine  caenolestoids:  "trigonid  and  talonid  poorly  differentiated,  trigonid 
with  one  internal  and  two  external  cusps,  talonid  much  enlarged,  basined  with 
cuspidate  rim."  Based  largely  on  these  features — but  at  the  same  time  re- 
cognizing that  the  "plagiaulacoid"  shearing  specializations  evolved  in- 
dependently in  the  two  groups — subsequent  workers  continued  to  accept  the 
view  that  polydolopids  were  specialized  caenolestoids. 

It  was,  however,  recognized  that  polydolopids  were  too  specialized  to  be 
ancestral  to  any  known  caenolestoid  despite  the  fact  that  polydolopids  occur 
earlier  in  the  fossil  record:  in  polydolopids  the  shearing  tooth  is  more  spe- 
cialized and  the  antemolar  teeth  are  subject  to  greater  reduction  and  loss  than  in 
abderitine  caenolestoids.  These  features  clearly  indicate  an  ancient  divergence 
between  caenolestoids  and  polydolopoids.  Based  largely  on  knowledge  of  these 
facts,  Pascual  &  Herrera  (1973, 1975)  argued  that  there  is  no  convincing  evidence 
to  indicate  that  polydolopoids  are  any  closer  phylogenetically  to  caenolestoids 
than  either  group  is  to  didelphoids.  These  workers  concluded  that  there  is, 
however,  sufficient  evidence  indicating  an  independent  origin  of  caenolestids 
and  polydolopids  from  didelphoidlike  ancestors. 

These  observations  suggest  that  1)  caenolestoids  (as  demonstrated  by  features 
of  known  fossil  and  living  forms)  cannot  be  regarded  as  structural  ancestors  of 
polydolopoids;  and  2)  the  successive  grades  of  specialization  within  caenoles- 
toids (i.e.,  Caenolestinae-Palaeothentinae-Abderitinae)  represent  an  adaptive 
process  independent  of  that  of  polydolopoids  (Simpson,  1971,  p.  113).  There  is 
also  sufficient  evidence  to  indicate  that  abderitine  caenolestoids  did  not  evolve 
until  after  the  disappearance  of  polydolopoids,  suggesting  at  least  partial 
ecological  replacement  of  polydolopoids  by  abderitine  caenolestoids. 

In  view  of  these  facts  and  based  largely  on  the  work  of  Pascual  &  Herrera 
(1973,  1975),  Clemens  &  Marshall  (1976,  p.  9)  allocated  the  polydolopids  to  rank 
of  superfamily,  the  Polydolopoidea.  This  action  left  the  Caenolestoidea  (sensu 
Marshall,  1980a)  an  uncluttered,  cohesive,  and  monophyletic  taxon.  These 
views  are  followed  here. 

SYSTEMATICS 

Superfamily  POLYDOLOPOIDEA  (Ameghino,  1897,  p.  496) 
Clemens  &  Marshall,  1976,  p.  79 

Family  POLYDOLOPIDAE  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  496 

(Includes  Promysopidae  Ameghino,  1902a,  p.  36) 

Revised  Diagnosis.  —  Dental  formula  J$,  C\,  P^i  M^;  sectorials  P2  and  P3 
(or  just  P)  above,  P:i  and  trigonid  of  M,  (or  just  P:))  below;  lower  C  (where 
known)  well  developed,  single  rooted,  procumbent,  and  gliriform  in  some  taxa; 
where  known  zygomatic  arch  broad,  rostrum  brachycephalic;  symphysis 
ligamentous,  unfused  in  adult;  large  inflected  angular  process  and  large  palatal 
vacuities  present;  postcranial  material  and  mode  of  locomotion  not  known. 

Known  Range.  —  Riochican,  Casamayoran,  and  Mustersan  age  beds  in 
Patagonia,  southern  Argentina;  Riochican  beds  in  Brazil;  and  apparently 
Deseadan  beds  in  Bolivia. 


16  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

Subfamily  POLYDOLOPINAE  (Ameghino,  1897,  p.  496) 
Pascual  &  Bond,  1981,  p.  483 

Diagnosis. — Polydolopids  of  very  small  to  very  large  size;  dental  formula  1^, 
C{,  Pjij,  M|;  molars  multitubercular  with  cuspidate  rims;  sectorials  P2  and  P'!  (or 
just  P!)  above,  P;i  and  trigonid  of  M,  below;  P3  aligned  in  same  anteroposterior 
axis  as  molar  series;  M4  absent;  relative  size  of  Ml  to  M3  subequal,  or  slight 
decrease  from  Ml  to  M3;  molar  basins  shallow  or  deep  and  with  lightly  to 
strongly  wrinkled  enamel;  anterior  edge  of  M,  trigonid  elevated  well  above  rest 
of  molars  and  bladelike. 

Known  Range.  —  Riochican,  Casamayoran,  and  Mustersan  age  beds  in 
Patagonia,  southern  Argentina,  and  apparently  Deseadan  beds  in  Bolivia. 

Polydolops  Ameghino,  1897 

Polydolops  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  497. 

Pliodolops  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  41. 

Orthodolops  Ameghino,  1903,  p.  130;  1904b,  p.  257  (said  to  be  new  in  1904,  but  publica- 
tion in  1903  was  prior  and  valid). 

Anissodolops  Ameghino,  1903,  p.  148;  1904b,  p.  257  (said  to  be  new  in  1904,  but  publi- 
cation in  1903  was  prior  and  valid). 

Archaeodolops  Ameghino,  1903,  p.  150;  1904b,  p.  257  (said  to  be  new  in  1904,  but 
publication  in  1903  was  prior  and  valid). 

Type  of  Polydolops.  —  P.  thomasi  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  497. 

Type  of  Pliodolops.  — P.  primulus  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  41. 

Type  of  Orthodolops.  —  O.  sciurinus  Ameghino,  1903,  p.  131. 

Type  of  Anissodolops.  — A.  serrifer  (Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  39). 

Type  of  Archaeodolops.  — A.  clavulus  (Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  40). 

Revised  Diagnosis.  —  Polydolopids  of  small  to  large  size,  known  dental  for- 
mula Is,  Q,  Pj,  M§;  upper  incisors,  canine,  and  upper  and  lower  Pis  unknown; 
sectorial  shear  blades  include  P2  and  P8  /  P3  and  trigonid  of  M, ;  P2  well- 
developed,  two-rooted  blade,  cutting  edge  serrated  especially  along  dorsopos- 
terior  edge,  prominent  but  narrow  arced  rib  extending  from  anterior  edge  of 
posterior  root  to  tip  of  crown  on  both  labial  and  lingual  surfaces,  crown  larger 
and  wider  than  P:i;  P:i  well-developed,  two-rooted  blade,  cutting  edge  strongly 
serrated  especially  along  anterodorsal  edge,  prominent  but  narrow  arced  rib 
extending  from  anterior  edge  of  posterior  root  to  tip  of  crown  on  both  labial  and 
lingual  surfaces;  basins  of  upper  and  lower  molars  shallow  to  well  developed, 
with  weakly  wrinkled  enamel;  M1  with  six  primary  cusps  labial  to  basin  and 
from  one  to  five  stylar  cuspules  labial  to  them;  M2  with  five  to  six  primary  cusps 
labial  to  basin  and  one  medially  placed  stylar  cuspule  labial  to  them;  M:i  trian- 
gular shaped  with  apex  pointing  posteriorly,  edges  somewhat  elevated  but 
without  distinct  cusps;  lower  canine  large,  single  rooted,  procumbent;  P-,  very 
small,  crown  without  cusps,  flattened,  irregularly  oval  in  outline,  two  rooted  or 
a  grooved  root,  sometimes  absent;  P:i  large,  "plagiaulacoid"  blade,  cutting  edge 
ranges  from  unserrated  to  distinctly  serrated,  small  but  distinct  anterobasal 
cuspule  usually  present,  weak  medial  rib  present  on  labial  and  lingual  surfaces; 
M,  with  anterior  edge  of  trigonid  elevated  well  above  rest  of  molars  and 
bladelike,  labial  side  of  talonid  with  three  to  four  distinct  cusps,  lingual  side 
with  two  to  four  distinct  cusps;  M2  with  three  to  four  distinct  cusps  on  labial 
side,  three  to  six  distinct  cusps  on  lingual  side;  M;j  with  four  distinct  cusps 
along  both  labial  and  lingual  sides. 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE  17 

Comments.  —  In  this  study  I  recognize  Ameghino's  genera  Pliodolops,  Or- 
thodolops,  Anissodolops,  and  Archaeodolops  as  junior  subjective  synonyms  of 
Polydolops.  These  generic  synonymies  were  first  proposed  and  justified  by 
Simpson  (1948,  pp.  53-54)  and  are  corroborated  by  the  present  study.  The  only 
deviation  I  make  from  Simpson's  arrangement  is  in  tentative  retention  of 
Pseudolops  as  valid;  he  somewhat  tentatively  included  this  genus  in  synonymy 
with  Polydolops.  Reasons  for  this  move  are  discussed  under  the  "Comments" 
section  (p.  51)  of  Pseudolops  princeps. 

Seven  named  species  are  here  included  within  Polydolops:  clavulus, 
kamektsen,  rothi,  winecage,  serra,  thomasi,  and  mayoi.  Of  the  known  genera  of 
Polydolopidae,  Polydolops  is  taxonomically  the  most  diverse  and  has  the  longest 
known  geologic  range  (Riochican  through  Mustersan).  Of  the  known  genera 
from  Patagonia,  Polydolops  is  represented  by  the  largest  number  of  known 
specimens;  whether  for  this  reason  or  another,  the  better-known  species  show  a 
marked  degree  of  variation.  The  known  variation  within  and  between  species 
generally  involves  size,  proportions,  and /or  minor  details  of  cusp  development 
(e.g.,  number  and  placement  of  cusps  or  cuspules).  The  included  species  are 
thus  structurally  quite  similar,  although  in  size  they  range  from  the  smallest  to 
some  of  the  largest  of  known  species  of  Polydolopidae.  Five  of  the  seven  named 
species  of  Polydolops  are  known  only  from  partial  isolated  lower  dentitions.  As  a 
result,  the  possibility  exists  that,  with  better  knowledge  of  the  upper  and  ante- 
premolar  dentitions  of  some  of  these  more  incompletely  known  species,  further 
generic  subdivision  may  prove  warranted.  For  the  present,  however,  it  is  con- 
venient to  include  these  seven  species  within  the  genus  Polydolops. 

Polydolops  clavulus  Ameghino,  1902b.  Figures  9-12;  Appendix  1. 

Polydolops  clavulus  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  40;  Simpson,  1948,  p.  61. 
Archaeodolops  clavulus  Ameghino,  1903,  pp.  150,  174,  figs.  75,  103;  1904b,  p.  257. 

Type.  —  MACN  10356,  greater  part  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  alveolus 
of  a  large  procumbent  tooth  (here  regarded  as  the  canine)  and  P2-M,  complete 
(originally  with  M2  present,  but  lost  since  specimen  was  figured  by  Ameghino, 
1903,  figs.  73,  103).  This  specimen  was  selected  lectotype  by  Simpson  (1948,  p. 
61). 

Hypodigm.  —  The  type  (or  lectotype)  and  MACN  10360,  a  fragment  of  a  right 
mandibular  ramus  with  P:J-M2  complete  and  alveoli  of  M:!  (possibly  same  indi- 
vidual as  MACN  10356). 

Horizon  and  Locality.  —  Casamayoran  beds,  Patagonia;  no  other  data. 

Age.  —  Casamayoran. 

Revised  Diagnosis.  —  Smallest  known  species  of  Polydolops;  average  ratio  of  P.t 
L  /  W  =  1.17;  P-,  with  prominent  narrow  arced  rib  extending  from  anterior  edge 
of  posterior  root  to  tip  of  crown  on  labial  surface,  but  with  only  a  hint  of  rib  on 
lingual  surface  and  only  slightest  hint  of  serrations  on  cutting  edge;  M,  with 
three  distinct  labial  and  two  distinct  lingual  cusps;  M2  with  three  distinct  labial 
and  three  distinct  lingual  cusps;  ratio  of  M>  L  /  W  =  1.06. 

Comments.  —  Polydolops  clavulus  is  known  from  a  relatively  complete  left  and 
right  mandibular  ramus,  possibly  of  the  same  individual.  This  species  is  easily 
distinguished  from  other  Polydolopidae  by  its  small  size,  structure  of  the  P.(, 
and  the  presence  of  only  two  distinct  lingual  cusps  on  the  M, . 


J I I 1 t 


Fig.  9.  Polydolops  clavulus  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  40  (Casamayoran).  MACN  10356  (lec- 
totype),  greater  part  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  alveolus  of  C,  and  P2-M,  complete:  a, 
labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  6  mm. 


Fig.  10.  Polydolops  clavulus  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  40  (Casamayoran).  Stereopairs  of 
MACN  10356  (lectotype),  greater  part  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  alveolus  of  C,  and 
P2-M,  complete:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  10  mm. 


18 


Fig.  11.  Polydolops  clavulus  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  40  (Casamayoran).  MACN  10360,  a 
fragment  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  P:1-M2  complete  and  alveoli  of  M:1:  a,  labial;  b, 
occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  7  mm. 


Fig.  12.  Polydolops  clavulus  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  40  (Casamayoran).  Stereopairs  of 
MACN  10360,  a  fragment  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  P;,-M2  complete  and  alveoli  of 
M3:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  10  mm. 


19 


20  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

The  alveolus  of  a  large  procumbent  tooth,  here  regarded  as  the  canine,  is 
preserved  in  the  lectotype  (MACN  10356).  The  diastema  is  sufficiently  well 
preserved  to  show  that  there  were  no  other  teeth  between  this  tooth  and  the  P2. 
Ameghino  (1903,  fig.  75)  figured  MACN  10356  and  erroneously  restored  a  small 
vestigial  tooth  in  the  P,  (his  P2)  position.  I  could  find  no  evidence,  however,  that 
a  P,  was  ever  present. 

Ameghino  originally  referred  clavulus  to  the  genus  Polydolops,  but  later  (1903, 
p.  150;  1904b,  p.  257)  made  it  the  genotype  of  Archaeodolops.  He  distinguished 
Archaeodolops  as  having  a  P:!  somewhat  smaller,  crown  less  oval  and  more 
pointed,  with  a  trenchant  border  but  lacking  denticles  and  ribs,  and  possessing 
a  P,  similar  in  structure  to  that  of  P2.  As  noted  above,  there  is  no  evidence  that  a 
P,  was  present  in  either  of  the  two  known  specimens.  Apart  from  its  smaller 
size,  there  is  no  character  which  can  be  used  to  separate  clavulus  at  the  generic 
level  from  the  other  species  here  included  within  Polydolops.  I  thus  follow 
Simpson  (1948,  p.  54)  and  return  clavulus  to  Polydolops,  where  Ameghino  him- 
self first  placed  it. 

Polydolops  kamektsen  Simpson,  1935a.  Figures  13,  14;  Appendix  1. 

?Polydolops  kamektsen  Simpson,  1935a,  p.  5,  fig.  2;  1948,  p.  63,  pi.  5,  figs.  3,  4. 

Type.  —  AMNH  28525,  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  alveoli  of 
M, ,  and  M2  complete  (figured  by  Simpson,  1935a,  fig.  2;  1948,  pi.  5,  figs.  3,  4). 

Hypodigm.  —  Type  only. 

Horizon  and  Locality.  —  Rio  Chico  Formation  at  Canadon  Hondo,  Chubut 
Province,  southern  Argentina;  collected  by  members  of  the  Scarritt  Expedition 
to  Patagonia  in  1931. 

Age.  —  Riochican. 

Revised  Diagnosis.  —  Polydolops  species  of  small  size;  M2  with  three  distinct 
labial  and  four  distinct  lingual  cusps;  ratio  of  M2  L  /  W  =  1.15;  M2  larger  than  in 
P.  clavulus  and  smaller  than  in  P.  rothi,  P.  winecage,  and  P.  serra. 

Comments.  —  This  species  is  known  only  from  the  type,  AMNH  28525,  a 
fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  a  complete  but  worn  M2.  It  is  not  a 
right  mandibular  ramus  as  recorded  by  Simpson  (1935a,  p.  5;  1948,  p.  63).  He 
tentatively  placed  kamektsen  in  the  genus  Polydolops,  noting  (1935a,  p.  5)  that: 

It  is  morphologically  so  distinctive  that  it  probably  belongs  to  a  new  genus,  but  the 
specimen  is  inadequate  for  definite  decision  on  this  point. 

All  the  morphological  features  in  this  specimen,  however,  suggest  that  it  be- 
longs in  Polydolops.  In  fact,  the  M2  of  kamektsen  is  virtually  identical  to  that  of  P. 
rothi  (i.e.,  they  both  have  three  distinct  labial  and  four  distinct  lingual  cusps  [of 
the  latter  there  are  three  smaller  posteriorly  and  one  larger  anteriorly]  and  simi- 
lar ratios  of  M2  L  /  W  [1.15  and  1.12,  respectively]  [see  Appendix  7,  points  7,  8, 
9]).  P.  rothi  differs  from  P.  kamektsen  in  being  about  18-20%  larger  in  known 
linear  tooth  dimensions  (Appendix  1).  The  CV  of  combined  linear  tooth  di- 
mensions of  these  species  (Appendix  1)  is  13.73  (L)  and  15.56  (W).  These  values 
are  about  twice  those  recorded  for  the  same  dimensions  in  the  large  sample  of  P. 
thomasi  (Appendix  5),  so  there  is  little  doubt  that  the  species  kamektsen  and  rothi 
are  distinct.  P.  kamektsen  cannot  be  compared  with  P.  winecage  as  the  M2  is  not 
known  in  that  species;  however,  judging  from  the  M2  alveoli  in  kamektsen,  this 


Fig.  13.  Polydolops  kamektsen  Simpson,  1935a,  p.  5  (Riochican).  AMNH  28525  (type),  a 
fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  alveoli  of  M,,  and  M2  complete:  a,  labial;  b, 
occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  5  mm. 


Fig.  14.  Polydolops  kamektsen  Simpson,  1935a,  p.  5  (Riochican).  Stereopairs  of  AMNH 
28525  (type),  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  alveoli  of  M, ,  and  M2  complete:  a, 
labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  5  mm. 


21 


22 


FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 


tooth  is  considerably  smaller  than  occurs  in  winecage.  P.  kamektsen  is  larger  in 
known  linear  tooth  dimensions  than  P.  clavulus  (Appendix  1)  and  is  smaller 
than  P.  serra  (Appendix  2). 

Polydolops  rothi  Simpson,  1936.  Figures  15,  16;  Appendix  1. 

Polydolops  rothi  Simpson,  1935b,  p.  14  (nomen  nudum);  1936,  p.  71,  fig.  1;  1948,  p.  62,  fig. 
7. 

Type.  —  MLP  11-122,  a  partial  left  mandibular  ramus  with  alveoli  of  P2  and 
P:!-M2  complete  (figured  by  Simpson,  1936,  fig.  1;  1948,  fig.  7). 

Hypodigm.  —  Type  only. 

Horizon  and  Locality.  —  Rio  Chico  beds  at  Pan  de  Azucar  west  of  Gaiman, 
Chubut  Province,  Argentina. 

Age.  —  Riochican. 


Fig.  15.  Polydolops  rothi  Simpson,  1936,  p.  71  (Riochican).  MLP  11-122  (type),  a  partial 
left  mandibular  ramus  with  alveoli  of  P2,  and  P3-M2  complete:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c, 
lingual  views.  Scale  =  5  mm. 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE 


23 


EM 


Fig.  16.  Polydolops  rothi  Simpson,  1936,  p.  71  (Riochican).  Stereopairs  of  MLP  11-122 
(type),  a  partial  left  mandibular  ramus  with  alveoli  of  P2  and  P3-M2  complete:  a,  labial;  b, 
occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  10  mm. 


Revised  Diagnosis.  —  Polydolops  species  of  medium  size,  ratio  of  P3  L/W  = 
1.38;  ratio  of  M2  L/W  =  1.12;  readily  differentiated  from  P.  clavulus  and  P. 
kamektsen  in  being  larger  in  comparable  linear  tooth  dimensions;  differentiated 
from  similarly  sized  P.  winecage  and  P.  serra  in  P3  having  a  broad  instead  of 
narrow  rib  on  labial  and  lingual  surfaces,  which  is  in  a  more  medial  position, 
and  in  cutting  edge  being  unserrated;  differentiated  from  P.  serra  in  M2  having 
only  three  distinct  labial  cusps;  readily  differentiated  from  P.  thomasi  and  P. 
mayoi  in  being  markedly  smaller  in  size. 

Comments.  —  Like  the  other  known  Riochican  species  of  Polydolops,  P.  rothi 
is  known  only  from  its  type,  MLP  11-122,  a  partial  left  mandibular  ramus  with 
P3-M>.  P.  rothi  is  easily  distinguished  from  the  similarly  sized  P.  winecage  and 
P.  serra  in  structural  differences  in  the  P3:  the  cutting  edge  is  simple  and  not 
serrated,  and  the  labial  and  lingual  ribs  are  broad  and  more  medially  placed.  P. 
rothi  is  larger  in  comparable  linear  tooth  dimensions  than  P.  kamektsen,  but  in 
structural  aspects  these  species  are  virtually  identical.  Thus,  of  known  species  of 
Polydolops,  P.  rothi  is  structurally  and  apparently  phylogenetically  most  closely 
related  to  P.  kamektsen. 


Polydolops  winecage  Simpson,  1935a.  Figures  17,  18;  Appendix  1. 
Polydolops  winecage  Simpson,  1935a,  p.  4,  fig.  1;  1935b,  p.  12;  1948,  p.  63,  fig.  8. 

Type.  —  AMNH  27893  (cast),  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  P3 
and  M,;  original,  with  no  catalogue  number,  in  Feruglio  Collection,  University 
of  Padua,  Italy. 

Hypodigm.  —  Type  only. 

Horizon  and  Locality.  —  Rio  Chico  beds,  about  six  meters  below  lowest  true 
ash  bed  of  the  Casamayoran  horizon,  Bajo  de  la  Palangana,  Chubut  Province, 
Argentina. 

Age.  —  Riochican. 

Revised  Diagnosis.  —  Polydolops  species  of  medium  size;  ratio  of  P3  L  / 
W  =  1.10;  P3  with  small  but  distinct  anterobasal  cuspule,  a  prominent  but  nar- 
row arced  rib  extending  from  anterior  edge  of  posterior  root  to  tip  of  crown  on 


24 


FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 


Fig.  17.  Polydolops  winecage  Simpson,  1935a,  p.  4  (Riochican).  AMNH  27893  (cast  of 
type),  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  P:!  and  M,  complete:  a,  labial;  b, 
occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  5  mm. 


I I I 


Fig.  18.  Polydolops  winecage  Simpson,  1935a,  p.  4  (Riochican).  Stereopairs  of  AMNH 
27893  (cast  of  type),  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  P3  and  M,  complete:  a, 
labial;  b,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  10  mm. 


labial  surface  and  a  similar  but  less  prominent  rib  occurring  on  lingual  surface, 
and  cutting  edge  distinctly  serrated;  M,  with  three  distinct  labial  and  three 
distinct  lingual  cusps;  readily  differentiated  from  P.  clavulus  and  P.  kamektsen  in 
being  markedly  larger  in  size,  and  from  P.  thomasi  and  P.  mayoi  in  being  mark- 
edly smaller  in  size;  differentiated  from  similarly  sized  P.  rothi  in  having  a 
relatively  broader  P:!  with  a  serrated  edge,  and  from  P.  serra  in  having  a  slightly 
longer  and  wider  P;!  and  a  slightly  shorter  M, . 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEM ATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE  25 

Comments.  —  Polydolops  winecage  is  known  only  by  its  type,  AMNH  27893 
(cast),  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  P3-M, .  Of  the  other  known 
species  of  the  genus,  P.  winecage  is  most  similar  to  the  Casamayoran  P.  serra. 
The  known  linear  tooth  dimensions  of  these  species  (Appendices  1,  2)  are  of 
similar  size:  the  P.t  has  a  small  but  distinct  anterobasal  cuspule,  a  prominent  but 
narrow  arced  rib  extending  from  the  anterior  edge  of  posterior  root  to  tip  of 
crown  on  the  labial  side,  a  similar  but  less  prominent  rib  on  the  lingual  side, 
and  a  distinctly  serrated  cutting  edge;  the  M,  has  three  distinct  labial  and  three 
distinct  lingual  cusps.  These  species  differ  in  P.  winecage  having  a  slightly 
longer  and  wider  P;,  and  a  slightly  shorter  M, .  These  observed  size  and  pro- 
portional differences,  however,  are  minor  and  based  on  comparison  of  but  a 
few  specimens.  Some  of  these  observed  differences  will  probably  "disappear" 
with  the  discovery  and  comparison  of  large  sample  sizes.  These  species  are 
indeed  very  similar,  and  I  here  recognize  P.  winecage  as  the  probable  direct 
Riochican  ancestor  of  P.  serra. 

Polydolops  serra  Ameghino,  1902b.  Figures  19-29;  Appendix  2. 

Polydolops  serra  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  39;  Simpson,  1948,  p.  61. 

Pliodolops  primulus  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  41;  1903,  p.  109,  figs.  27,  65,  116;  1906,  p.  359, 

fig.  201;  Schlosser,  1923,  p.  433,  fig.  544D. 
Polydolops  primulus  Simpson,  1948,  p.  62. 
Amphidolops  serrifer  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  42. 

Polydolops  serrifer  (misprint  for  Amphidolops  serrifer)  Ameghino,  1904b,  p.  257. 
Anissodolops  serrifer  Ameghino,  1903,  p.  148,  fig.  72;  1904b,  p.  257;  1906,  p.  360,  fig.  203. 
Polydolops  bocurhor  Simpson,  1948,  p.  62,  pi.  6,  figs.  1,  2. 

Lectotype  of  P.  serra.  —  MACN  10341,  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus 
with  Pa  (double  rooted)  and  P:!  complete,  and  anterior  edge  of  M,  (selected 
lectotype  by  Simpson,  1948,  p.  61). 

Type  of  P.  primulus.  —  MACN  10353,  a  right  maxillary  fragment  with  M'~2 
(figured  by  Ameghino,  1903,  figs.  27,  65, 116;  1906,  fig.  201;  Schlosser,  1923,  fig. 
544D). 

Type  of  A.  serrifer.  —  MACN  10359,  an  isolated  right  M2  (figured  by 
Ameghino,  1903,  fig.  72;  1906,  fig.  203). 

Type  of  P.  bocurhor.  —  AMNH  28427,  a  fragment  of  a  right  maxillary  with  M{'2 
(figured  by  Simpson,  1948,  pi.  6,  figs.  1,  2). 

Hypodigm.  —  The  four  types  and  AMNH  28408,  an  isolated  right  M2  missing 
anteriormost  edge;  AMNH  28409,  an  isolated  right  M';  AMNH  28412,  an  iso- 
lated right  M';  AMNH  28425,  an  isolated  right  M1;  AMNH  28426,  an  isolated  left 
M';  AMNH  28429,  an  isolated  right  M,;  probably  AMNH  28885,  an  isolated 
right  M';  MACN  10361,  a  fragment  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  M,.2; 
MACN  10363,  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  posterior  edge  of  M2 
and  with  M;1  complete  (latter  two  specimens  are  probable  syntypes  of  P.  serra). 

Horizon  and  Locality.  —  All  specimens  are  from  the  Casamayoran  beds  of 
Chubut  Province,  Patagonia,  southern  Argentina.  MACN  10341  is  without 
specific  locality  data;  the  other  MACN  specimens  are  from  the  Barranca  south  of 
Lago  Colhue-Huapi  and  were  collected  by  Carlos  Ameghino.  AMNH  28425, 
28426,  28427,  and  28429  are  from  Cahadon  Vaca  and  were  collected  by  members 
of  the  Scarritt  Expedition  in  1930;  AMNH  28408,  28409,  and  28412  are  from  a 
location  1.5  leagues  northeast  of  Cabeza  Blanca  and  were  collected  by  members 
of  the  Scarritt  Expedition  in  1931;  AMNH  28885  is  from  Lomas  Blancas  and  was 
collected  by  members  of  the  Scarritt  Expedition  in  1931. 


1 
% 

i 

JJ 

in 

rH 

II 

CO 

O 

re 

u 

z 

ui 

u 

«i 

< 

£ 

S 

01 

> 

c 

re 

id 

3 

>-. 

bC 

o 

C 

E 

W 

re 

re 

ia 

u 

3 

o> 

ro 

u 
u 

o 

ci 

xT 

xT 

■  y 

<N 

re 

Q 

O 

X) 

rH 

re 

6 

re 

•S 

■&s 

01 

1 

0 
Oi 

60 

fc 

T3 

Oi 

X 

o 

a. 

■c 

_3 

aj 

13 

§ 

>> 

T3 

«s 

s 

OS 

<U 

— 

— 

Jl 

6 

a 

£ 

£ 

c 

26 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE 


27 


a 


>  i   i  i  i  i 


Fig.  20.  Polydolops  serra  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  39  (Casamayoran).  Stereopairs  of  MACN 
10341  (lectotype),  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  P2  and  P:)  complete,  and 
anterior  edge  of  M, :  a,  labial;  b,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  5  mm. 


Age.  —  Casamayoran. 

Revised  Diagnosis.  —  Medium-sized  species  of  Polydolops;  ratio  of  P3  L/ 
W  =1.18;  P:,  with  small  but  distinct  anterobasal  cuspule,  prominent  but  narrow 
arced  rib  extending  from  anterior  edge  of  posterior  root  to  tip  of  crown  on  labial 
surface  and  similar  but  less  prominent  rib  present  on  lingual  surface,  and  with 
distinctly  serrated  cutting  edge;  M,  with  three  distinct  labial  cusps  and  three  to 
four  distinct  lingual  cusps;  M2  with  four  distinct  labial  cusps  and  four  to  six 
distinct  lingual  cusps;  average  ratio  of  M2  L/W  =  1.21;  M;)  with  four  distinct 
labial  cusps  and  four  distinct  lingual  cusps;  M1  with  six  primary  cusps  labial  to 
basin  and  two  to  five  stylar  cuspules;  M2  with  six  primary  cusps  labial  to  basin 
and  one  stylar  cuspule;  differs  from  similarly  sized  P.  winecage  in  having  a 
slightly  shorter  and  narrower  P:t  and  a  slightly  longer  M, ,  from  similarly  sized  P. 
rothi  in  P:!  having  a  distinctly  serrated  cutting  edge,  and  from  P.  thomasi  in  its 
14-30%  smaller  size  in  comparable  linear  tooth  dimensions. 

Comments.  —  Polydolops  serra  is  the  only  medium-sized  species  of  Polydolops 
known  from  beds  of  Casamayoran  age.  Next  to  the  larger  P.  thomasi  it  is  the 
most  abundant  species  of  Polydolops  known,  represented  by  13  specimens  col- 
lected from  four  known  localities.  P.  serra  is  also  the  only  species  of  Polydolops 
other  than  P.  thomasi  which  is  known  from  referred  upper  and  lower  dentitions. 

Ameghino's  (1902b)  original  description  of  Polydolops  serra  included  discus- 
sion of  size  and  morphology  of  Pj-M:t  (his  M.,.7).  Simpson  (1948,  p.  61)  noted 
that  no  specimen  now  in  the  Ameghino  Collection  has  all  these  teeth,  although 
there  are  three  specimens  (MACN  10341,  10361,  10363)  which  are  clearly  con- 
specific  and  bear  Ameghino's  label  as  being  of  P.  serra.  Taken  together,  these 


Fig.  21.  Polydolops  serra  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  39  (Casamayoran).  MACN  10361,  a  frag- 
ment of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  M,.2:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  = 
5  mm. 


28 


Fig.  22.  Polydolops  serra  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  39  (Casamayoran).  Stereopairs  of  MACN 
10361,  a  fragment  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  M)4:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual 
views.  Scale  =  5  mm. 


Fig.  23.  Polydolops  serra  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  39  (Casamayoran).  MACN  10363,  a  frag- 
ment of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  posterior  edge  of  M2  and  with  M3  complete:  a, 
labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  4  mm. 


Fig.  24.  Polydolops  serra  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  39  (Casamayoran).  MACN  10359  (type  of 
Amphidolops  serrifer),  an  isolated  right  Mr.  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  3 
mm. 


29 


30  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

three  specimens  include  P>-MA  as  recorded  in  Ameghino's  original  description. 
Simpson  concluded,  and  I  agree,  that  these  specimens  are  probably  syntypes; 
he  selected  MACN  10341,  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  P2  and  P:i 
complete  and  anterior  edge  of  M,  present,  as  lectotype.  Of  the  other  two  speci- 
mens, one  (MACN  10361)  includes  M,.,  and  the  other  (MACN  10363)  includes 
part  of  M2  and  all  of  M:!. 


ft  ig  itf     ] 


Fig.  25.  Polydolops  serra  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  39  (Casamayoran).  Stereopairs  of  MACN 
10359  (type  of  Amphidolops  serrifer),  an  isolated  right  M2:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual 
views.  Scale  —  3  mm. 


Amphidolops  serrifer  was  erected  by  Ameghino  (1902b,  p.  42)  on  an  isolated 
right  M2  (MACN  10359).  This  species  was  later  made  type  of  Anissodolops 
(Ameghino,  1903,  p.  148);  it  has  no  special  relationship  with  Amphidolops  serrula 
(see  below).  The  genus  Anissodolops  was,  as  Simpson  noted  (1948,  p.  54),  based 
on  an  error.  Ameghino  reversed  the  inner  and  outer  surfaces  of  the  type  tooth  in 
his  original  diagnosis.  Thus,  his  description  of  the  labial  surface  is  based  on  the 
lingual,  and  visa  versa.  In  reality,  the  molar  structure  of  Anissodolops  serrifer  is 
readily  comparable  to  that  of  Polydolops  serra  (see  below).  Ameghino  made  no 
mention  in  the  literature  that  he  ever  compared  the  types  of  these  species,  and 
this  synonymy  was  first  recognized  by  Simpson  (1948,  p.  61).  The  type  of  serrifer 
(MACN  10359)  has  four  distinct  labial  cusps  (three  large  and  subequal  ones 
posteriorly  and  one  small  one  anteriorly)  and  four  distinct  lingual  cusps  (three 
small  ones  of  subequal  size  posteriorly  and  one  large  one  anteriorly).  The  tooth 
is  unworn  and  the  basin  is  distinctly  wrinkled.  In  MACN  10361,  a  probable 
syntype  of  P.  serra,  the  M2  has  four  distinct  labial  cusps  as  in  MACN  10359,  but 
in  contrast  to  the  latter  there  are  six  distinct  lingual  cusps  (five  small  ones  of 
subequal  size  posteriorly  and  a  large  one  anteriorly).  The  M2  is  also  more  worn 
in  MACN  10361  than  in  MACN  10359,  but  it  is  still  determinable  that  the  basin 
was  distinctly  wrinkled.  Apart  from  differences  in  relative  size  and  number  of 
distinct  labial  cusps,  these  specimens  are  comparable  and  may  be  referred 
without  reservation  to  the  same  species.  I  therefore  follow  Simpson  (1948,  p.  61) 
and  recognize  A.  serrifer  as  a  junior  synonym  of  P.  serra. 

Unfortunately,  there  are  no  upper  and  lower  dentitions  of  P.  serra  known  to 
have  been  found  in  direct  association.  Primarily  for  this  reason,  no  upper  den- 
titions have  been  assigned  to  P.  serra;  the  species  has  previously  been  charac- 
terized on  lower  dentitions  only. 

During  the  course  of  this  study  I  deemed  it  appropriate,  for  reasons  discussed 
below,  to  recognize  Polydolops  primulus  and  Polydolops  bocurhor  as  synony- 
mous, P.  primulus  having  priority.  P.  primulus  is  known  only  from  upper  den- 
titions of  Casamayoran  age,  and  is  a  medium-sized  member  of  the  genus. 
Furthermore,  seven  known  specimens  were  assignable  to  this  "upper  denti- 
tion" species  P.  primulus,  while  six  were  assignable  to  the  "lower  dentition" 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE 


31 


I  1 i I I 1 


Fig.  26.  Polydolops  serra  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  39  (Casamayoran).  MACN  10353  (type  of 
Pliodolops  primulas),  a  right  maxillary  fragment  with  M1-  complete:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c, 
lingual  views.  Scale  =  6  mm. 


species  P.  serra.  The  upper  cheek  teeth  of  P.  primulus  are  structurally  similar  to 
those  of  the  slightly  larger  Casamayoran  species  P.  thomasi.  In  comparable 
linear  tooth  dimensions  P.  primulus  differs  from  P.  thomasi  by  the  following 
percentages:  M'  18-25%,  M2  14-20%,  M3  25-30%.  In  turn,  comparable  linear 
tooth  dimensions  of  P.  serra  differ  from  those  of  P.  thomasi  by  the  following 
percentages:  P;i  25%,  M,  25-30%,  M2  15-20%.  Thus,  the  upper  dentitions  re- 
ferred to  P.  primulus  and  the  lowers  referred  to  P.  serra  are  1)  from  similarly  aged 
faunas;  2)  represented  by  approximately  the  same  number  of  specimens;  3)  both 


32 


FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 


from  medium-sized  members  of  the  genus  and  the  only  medium-sized  repre- 
sentatives of  Casamayoran  age;  4)  both  structurally  similar  to  those  of  the  larger 
P.  thomasi;  5)  both  different  in  comparable  linear  dimensions  from  those  of  P. 
thomasi  by  percentages  ranging  from  14  to  30  percent  (P.  primulus,  14-30%;  P. 
serra,  15-30%).  When  I  placed  Mx.2  (MACN  10361)  of  P.  serra  and  M12  (AMNH 
28427)  of  P.  bocurhor  together,  they  were  of  comparable  size  and  occluded  per- 
fectly. I  therefore  formally  recognize  P.  primulus  (and  its  junior  synonym  P. 
bocurhor)  as  the  upper  dentition  of  P.  serra.  The  senior  synonym  of  the  three, 
based  on  page  priority,  is  P.  serra. 

Pliodolops  primulus  was  erected  by  Ameghino  (1902b,  p.  41)  on  a  right  maxil- 
lary fragment  with  M1"2  (MACN  10353).  As  noted  by  Simpson  (1948,  p.  54)  the 
original  diagnosis  of  Pliodolops  primulus  is  descriptive  and  not  comparative,  and 
the  distinction  from  Polydolops  of  this  genus  and  species  rests  mainly  on  the 
greater  development  of  the  stylar  cuspules  on  its  M1.  Comparative  study  of 
available  upper  dentitions  of  Polydolops  shows  that,  apart  from  size,  some 
minor  structural  differences  do  exist;  these  are  here  regarded  as  warranting 
specific  value  only.  For  example,  the  M's  of  P.  primulus  have  six  primary  cusps 
labial  to  the  basin  and  from  two  to  five  stylar  cuspules  labial  to  these;  the  M2  has 
six  primary  cusps  labial  to  the  basin  and  one  stylar  cuspule  labial  to  these.  In  the 
comparative  sample  of  P.  thomasi  the  M1  has  (as  in  P.  primulus)  six  primary 
cusps  labial  to  the  basin  and  from  one  to  four  stylar  cuspules;  the  M2  has  five 
primary  cusps  labial  to  the  basin  and  (as  in  P.  primulus)  one  stylar  cuspule. 
Pliodolops  is  thus  regarded  as  a  junior  subjective  synonym  of  Polydolops. 

Simpson  (1948,  p.  62)  diagnosed  primulus  as  follows:  "External  cuspules  of 
[M1]  large.  [M1]  markedly  and  [M2]  very  slightly  wider  than  long."  He  assigned 
it  to  the  genus  Polydolops.  In  the  same  paper  Simpson  erected  a  new  species, 
Polydolops  bocurhor,  and  diagnosed  it  as  follows:  "External  cusps  of  [M1]  as  in  P. 
primulus.  [M2]  much  wider  than  long,  [M1]  nearly  equidimensional  and  rela- 
tively longer  than  in  P.  primulus."  These  species  were  each  based  on  a  right 
maxillary  fragment  with  M1"2  and  are  thus  readily  comparable  point  for  point. 

Structurally  the  types  are  virtually  identical.  In  MACN  10353  (type  of  P. 
primulus)  the  M1  has  six  primary  cusps  labial  to  the  basin  and  four  additional 
stylar  cuspules  labial  to  these.  In  AMNH  28427  (type  of  P.  bocurhor)  there  are 
also  six  primary  cusps  labial  to  the  basin,  but  there  are  five  stylar  cuspules  (four 
in  the  same  position  as  in  MACN  10353  and  a  small  additional  one  at  the 
posterolabial  corner  of  the  tooth). 


Fig.  27.  Polydolops  serra  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  39  (Casamayoran).  Stereopairs  of  MACN 
10353  (type  of  Pliodolops  primulus),  a  right  maxillary  fragment  with  M1'2  complete:  a, 
lingual;  b,  occlusal;  c,  labial  views.  Scale  =  5  mm. 


Fig.  28.  Polydolops  serra  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  39  (Casamayoran).  AMNH  28427  (type  of 
P.  bocurhor),  a  fragment  of  a  right  maxillary  with  M12:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual 
views.  Scale  =  5  mm. 


33 


34 


FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 


Fig.  29.  Polydolops  serra  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  39  (Casamayoran).  AMNH  28885,  an 
isolated  left  M3:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  2.5  mm. 


Four  other  M's  similar  to  AMNH  28427  and  MACN  10353  are  known  (AMNH 
28409,  28412,  28425,  28426);  these  all  have  the  same  six  primary  cusps  as  in  those 
specimens,  but  they  have  stylar  cuspules,  ranging  from  two  in  AMNH  28409  to 
five  in  AMNH  28412.  These  six  M's  are  all  comparable  in  size  (Appendix  2)  and 
have  no  features  which  I  regard  as  warranting  specific  separation  of  any  one  of 
them  from  the  others.  The  stylar  cuspules  occur  in  the  positions  shown  in 
Appendix  7;  the  highest  numbers  are  the  result  of  addition  to  the  pos- 
terolabialmost  corner  of  the  tooth. 

Two  WPs  are  known,  one  in  each  of  the  types.  Both  have  six  primary  cusps 
labial  to  the  basin  and  one  mediolabial  stylar  cuspule  (see  Appendix  7,  charac- 
ters 16,  17).  Structurally  these  teeth  are  virtually  identical  and  are  readily  differ- 
entiated only  by  the  greater  width  (3.6  mm)  of  AMNH  28427  compared  with  the 
narrower  width  (2.9  mm)  of  MACN  10353.  Considering,  however,  the  similarity 
in  structure  and  size  of  the  M's  of  the  types  and  the  similarity  in  structure  and 
length  of  the  M2s,  I  choose  to  attribute  the  differences  in  widths  of  the  M2s  to 
variation  among  individuals  in  a  single  population.  I  do  not  regard  the  dif- 
ferences in  widths  of  the  M2s  as  warranting  specific  recognition.  For  these 
reasons  I  recognize  P.  bocurhor  as  a  junior  synonym  of  P.  serra. 


Polydolops  thomasi  Ameghino,  1897.  Figures  30-35;  Appendices  3-5. 

Polydolops  thomasi  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  497,  fig.  73;  1898,  p.  185;  1902b,  p.  38;  1903,  p. 

141,  figs.  63,  68,  101,  102,  104;  1904a,  p.  43,  fig.  26;  1906,  p.  358,  fig.  198;  Schlosser, 

1923,  p.  433,  figs.  544A,  B,  C;  1925,  p.  26,  figs.  37A-C;  Simpson,  1948,  p.  58,  pi.  6,  figs. 

3,  4;  1964,  p.  9;  1967b,  p.  8. 
Polydolops  fur  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  39. 
Polydolops  crassus  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  39. 
Orthodolops  sciurinus  Ameghino,  1903,  p.  131,  figs.  54, 106;  1904b,  p.  257  (said  to  be  new 

in  1904,  but  publication  in  1903  was  prior  and  valid);  1906,  p.  367,  fig.  220. 
Polydolops  simplex  Ameghino,  1903,  p.  185,  fig.  119;  1904b,  p.  256  (said  to  be  new  in 

1904,  but  publication  in  1903  was  prior  and  valid). 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE 


35 


Polydolops  thomasi  thomasi  Simpson,  1948,  p.  58,  pi.  2,  fig.  8,  pi.  4,  figs.  1,  2;  Paula 
Couto,  1952,  p.  18,  fig.  5B;  Pascual  &  Bond,  1981,  pi.  I,  figs.  A,  B;  pi.  II,  figs.  A,  B. 
Polydolops  thomasi  crassus  Simpson,  1948,  p.  59,  pi.  2,  fig.  9. 

Polydolops  thomasi  paahi  Simpson,  1948,  p.  59,  pi.  5,  figs.  1,  2;  1964,  p.  9;  1967b,  p.  9. 
Polydolops  thomasi  mara  Simpson,  1948,  p.  61,  pi.  4,  figs.  3,  4. 

Pseudolops  princeps  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  40  (partim);  1903,  p.  149,  figs.  73, 108  (partim). 
Polydolops  princeps  Simpson,  1948,  p.  62  (partim). 

Lectotype  of  P.  thomasi.  —  MACN  10338,  a  right  maxillary  with  F-M2  (figured 
by  Ameghino,  1897,  fig.  73;  1903,  figs.  63, 102, 104;  1904a,  fig.  26  [top];  1906,  fig. 
198  [top];  Schlosser,  1923,  figs.  544A,  B;  1925,  figs.  37A,  B;  Simpson,  1948,  pi.  2, 
fig.  8;  Pascual  &  Bond,  1981,  pi.  I,  figs.  A,  B). 

Type  of  P.  fur.  —  MACN  10342,  a  fragmentary  right  mandibular  ramus  with 
posterior  half  of  M,,  M2  complete,  M:)  missing  lingual  side. 


Fig.  30.  Polydolops  thomasi  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  497  (Casamayoran).  MACN  10337,  a 
right  mandibular  ramus  with  P2-M2  complete  and  M:)  missing  posterolingual  corner:  a, 
labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  10  mm. 


Fig.  31.  Polydolops  thomasi  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  497  (Casamayoran).  Stereopairs  of 
MACN  10337,  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  P2-M2  complete  and  M:,  missing  posterolin- 
gual  corner:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  20  mm. 


36 


Fig.  32.  Polydolops  thomasi  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  497  (Casamayoran).  MACN  10338 
(type),  a  right  maxillary  with  P*-M*:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  10  mm. 


37 


38 


r  \^a 


FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 


Fig.  33.  Polydolops  thomasi  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  497  (Casamayoran).  Stereopairs  of 
MACN  10338  (type),  a  right  maxillary  with  F--M2:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views. 
Scale  =  15  mm. 


Type  of  P.  crassus.  —  MACN  10349,  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus 
with  P3-M;i  (figured  by  Simpson,  1948,  pi.  2,  fig.  9). 

Type  of  O.  sciurinus.  —  MACN  10336,  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  P2-M, 
broken,  M->.3  complete  (M,.3  are  figured  by  Ameghino,  1903,  figs.  54,  106;  1906, 
fig.  220). 

Type  of  P.  simplex.  —  MACN  10335,  a  relatively  complete  left  mandibular 
ramus  with  roots  of  P2,  crowns  of  P3  and  M>  (figured  by  Ameghino,  1903,  fig. 
119). 

Type  of  P.  t.  paahi.  —  AMNH  28434,  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  P3-M2 
(figured  by  Simpson,  1948,  pi.  5,  figs.  1,  2). 

Type  of  P.  t.  mara.  —  AMNH  28921,  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  P3-M2 
(figured  by  Simpson,  1948,  pi.  4,  figs.  3,  4). 

Hypodigm.  —  The  seven  types  and  AC  3171,  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular 
ramus  with  M,.3;  AMNH  28420,  an  isolated  right  M2  missing  posterolabial 
corner;  AMNH  28424,  an  isolated  right  M1;  AMNH  28428,  an  isolated  right  M2; 
AMNH  28440,  a  left  maxillary  with  F-M3  (figured  by  Simpson,  1948,  pi.  6,  figs. 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE  39 

3,  4);  AMNH  28443,  an  isolated  left  P3;  AMNH  28444,  a  right  mandibular  ramus 
with  P2-M,  (figured  by  Simpson,  1948,  pi.  4,  figs.  1,  2;  Paula  Couto,  1952,  fig. 
5B);  AMNH  28449,  an  associated  isolated  left  P-  and  M2;AMNH  28920,  an  iso- 
lated right  M2;  AMNH  28924,  an  isolated  right  M1;  AMNH  28925,  an  isolated 
right  M';  AMNH  28926,  an  isolated  right  M2;  AMNH  28927,  an  isolated  right 
M,;  AMNH  28930,  a  fragment  of  a  mandibular  ramus  with  P.,;  AMNH  28931,  a 
fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  M2;  AMNH  28934,  an  isolated  left  P3; 
FMNH  P14717,  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  M,.2  complete  and  labial  side  of  M;1 
present;  MACN  10332c,  an  isolated  lower  right  M2  (figured  by  Ameghino,  1903, 
figs.  73c-d);  MACN  10332e,  a  right  maxillary  fragment  with  M1"2  (figured  by 
Ameghino,  1903,  figs.  73a,  b);  MACN  10332f,  anterior  edge  of  a  P3?;  MACN 
10332g,  anterior  edge  of  a  P3?  (MACN  10332c,  e-g  were  original  cotypes  of 
Pseudolops  princeps);  MACN  10337,  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  P2-M2  com- 
plete and  M3  missing  posterolingual  corner  (figured  by  Ameghino,  1903,  figs. 
68,  101;  1904a,  fig.  26  [bottom];  1906,  fig.  198  [bottom];  Schlosser,  1923,  fig. 
544C;  1925,  fig.  37C;  Pascual  &  Bond,  1981,  pi.  II,  figs.  A,  B);  MACN  10343,  a 
fragment  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  M,.;!;  MACN  10350,  a  fragment  of  a 
right  mandibular  ramus  with  M,.2  complete,  but  very  worn;  MACN  10351,  a 
fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  P:!-M2  complete  and  with  roots  of  M3; 
MACN  16382,  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  P2  complete,  P3 
missing  tip  of  crown,  M,.2  complete  and  with  alveoli  of  M3;  MACN  18469,  a 
fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  P2.3  complete;  MACN  18472,  a  frag- 
ment of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  M,_2  complete  (same  individual  as  MACN 
18469);  MLP  59-11-24-38,  an  isolated  right  M2;  MLP  59-11-24-659,  an  isolated 
right  M,;  MLP  59-11-24-660,  a  fragment  of  an  isolated  M';  MLP  59-11-28-81,  a 
fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  posterior  half  of  P3  and  M2  complete; 
MLP  59-11-28-82,  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  P3  (base  missing), 
no  indication  of  a  P2  on  diastema,  tooth  clearly  missing;  MLP  59-11-28-83,  a 
fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  alveoli  of  P2  (two  rooted),  P3  complete; 
MLP  59-11-28-84,  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  roots  of  P3-M,  and 
M3,  and  with  M2  complete;  MLP  59-11-28-85,  a  fragment  of  a  right  mandibular 
ramus  with  roots  of  P3  and  with  M,_2  present,  but  very  worn  and  broken  along 
lingual  side  (probably  same  individual  as  59-11-28-^84);  MLP  66-V-4-21,  a 
fragment  of  a  left  ramus  with  P3-M2;  MLP  66-V-4-22,  a  fragment  of  a  right 
mandibular  ramus  with  M,.3  very  worn  and  broken;  MLP  66-V-4-23,  a  frag- 
ment of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  alveoli  of  P2,  and  P3-M,  complete;  MLP 
66-V-4-24,  a  fragment  of  a  left  maxillary  with  M1"2;  MLP  66-V-4-26,  a  fragment 
of  a  left  maxillary  with  P'-M1  complete;  MLP  66-V-4-27,  a  fragment  of  a  right 
mandibular  ramus  with  P3-M,;  MLP  66-111-28-28,  a  fragment  of  a  left  man- 
dibular ramus  with  M2.3;  MLP  77-VI-13-9,  an  isolated  left  M,;  MLP  77-VI-14-7, 
an  isolated  right  M2;  MLP  77-VI-14-8,  an  isolated  left  P3;  MNHN  No.  3,  a 
fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  M3. 

Horizon  and  Locality.  —  All  specimens  are  from  Casamayoran  beds  in  Chubut 
Province,  central  Patagonia,  southern  Argentina;  their  localities  of  collection  are 
as  follows:  Afloramiento  entre  Aguada  La  Escondida  y  Aguada  de  Batistin,  Paso  de 
Indios  MLP  59-11-24-38  (collected  by  MLP  personnel  in  February  1959);  Aguada 
de  Batistin,  Laguna  de  La  Bombilla,  Paso  de  Indios  MLP  59-11-28-81,  59-11-28-82, 
59-11-28-83,  59-11-28-84,  59-11-28-85,  66-V-4-21,  66-V-4-22,  66-V-4-23, 
66-V-4-24,  66-V-4-26,  66-V-4-27,  69-111-28-28  (collected  by  MLP  personnel 
from  beds  of  upper  Casamayoran  age — from  "tobas  rosadas",  same  level  as 


Fig.  34.  Polydolops  thomasi  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  497  (Casamayoran).  AMNH  28440,  a  left 
maxillary  with  F'-NP:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  10  mm. 


40 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE  41 

Oxybunotherium  praecursor — see  Pascual,  1965,  p.  59);  Barranca  south  of  Lago 
Colhue-Huapi  AC  3171  (collected  by  W.  Stein  in  January  1912),  AMNH  28434, 
28440,  28449  (collected  by  members  of  Scarritt  Expedition  to  Patagonia  in  1930; 
AMNH  28434  was  collected  from  below  main  fossil  level  in  Casamayoran  beds), 
FMNH  P14717  (collected  by  G.  F.  Sternberg  during  First  Marshall  Field  Expedi- 
tion to  Patagonia  in  1922-24),  MACN  10332  (c,  e-g),  10335,  10338,  10342,  10349 
(specimens  collected  by  Carlos  Ameghino),  MACN  18469,  18472  (specimens 
collected  by  L.  G.  Marshall  and  O.  Gutierrez,  February  1975),  MLP  77-VI-13-9, 
77-VI-14-7,  77-VI-14-8  (collected  by  E.  Herrera  from  "Altura  km  163  de  la  ruta 
26  a  Colonia  Sarmiento,"  from  the  Great  Barranca),  MNHN  No.  3  (labeled 
"Couche  inf"  [i.e.,  lower  bed]  and  is  thus  from  a  relatively  low  level  at  Tour- 
nouer's  "Cerro  Negro"  locality  [see  Tournouer,  1903;  Simpson,  1967a],  or  from 
the  Barranca  south  of  Lago  Colhue-Huapi  [Simpson,  1964,  p.  9;  1967b,  p.  8]); 
Canadon  Vaca  AMNH  28420,  28424,  28428,  28443,  28444  (collected  in  1930  by 
members  of  the  Scarritt  Expedition  to  Patagonia);  Cerro  Guacho,  Lago  La  Bom- 
billa,  Dept.  Paso  de  Indios  MLP  59-11-24-659,  59-11-24-660  (collected  by  MLP 
personnel  in  January  1959);  Rinconada  de  Los  Lopez  AMNH  28920,  28921,  28924, 
28925,  28926,  28927,  28930,  28931,  28934  (28921  and  28930  are  from  near  the 
puesto  of  Don  Mariano)  (collected  by  members  of  the  Scarritt  Expedition  to 
Patagonia  in  1930);  no  data  MACN  10336,  10337,  10343,  10350,  10351;  uncertain 
MACN  16382. 

Age.  —  Casamayoran. 

Revised  Diagnosis.  —  Polydolops  species  of  large  size  and  largest  Casamayoran 
species  of  genus  known;  average  ratio  of  P3  L  /  W  =  1.18;  P3  with  small  but 
distinct  buttressed  anterobasal  cuspule,  prominent  but  narrow  arced  rib  ex- 
tending from  anterior  edge  of  posterior  root  to  tip  of  crown  on  labial  surface, 
equally  prominent  rib  occurring  on  lingual  surface,  and  cutting  edge  distinctly 
serrated;  labial  side  of  M,  with  three  to  four  distinct  cusps,  lingual  side  with 
three;  labial  side  of  M2  with  four  distinct  cusps,  lingual  side  with  four  to  five, 
ratio  of  M2  L  /  W  =  1.23;  labial  and  lingual  sides  of  M:,  each  with  four  distinct 
cusps;  P-  with  prominent  but  narrow  arced  rib  extending  from  anterior  edge  of 
posterior  root  to  tip  of  crown  on  both  labial  and  lingual  sides,  cutting  edge 
distinctly  serrated,  especially  along  posterior  edge;  P'  smaller  than  P2,  structur- 
ally similar  except  that  cutting  edge  distinctly  serrated,  especially  along  anterior 
edge;  M1  with  six  primary  cusps  labial  to  basin  and  from  one  to  four  stylar 
cuspules;  M2  smaller  than  M1,  with  five  primary  cusps  labial  to  basin  and  with 
one  stylar  cuspule;  readily  differentiated  from  smaller  P.  serra  by  comparable 
linear  tooth  dimensions  14-30%  larger  in  size;  differentiated  from  larger  Mus- 
tersan  P.  mayoi  in  smaller  P3  L,  M->  L  and  W,  and  by  average  of  most  comparable 
tooth  dimensions  12-16%  smaller. 

Comments.  —  Polydolops  thomasi  is  the  largest  and  most  abundant  poly- 
dolopid  in  the  Casamayoran  fauna,  and  is  represented  by  some  50  known 
specimens.  P.  thomasi  was  founded  on  a  right  maxillary  with  P2-M-  and  a  lower 
"incisor".  In  the  original  description  it  is  implied  but  not  explicitly  stated  that 
these  specimens  were  found  in  association.  The  maxillary  (MACN  10338)  is 
recognized  by  Simpson  (1948,  p.  58)  as  the  type,  and  in  this  study  I  formally 
regard  it  as  the  lectotype.  The  lower  "incisor"  was  not  mentioned  by  Simpson 
(1948,  p.  58),  I  could  not  locate  it  in  the  MACN  collection,  and  its  present 
whereabouts  and  identity  are  unknown.  Assuming,  however,  that  the  lower 


42  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

"incisor"  referred  to  by  Ameghino  is  in  reality  the  large  lower  procumbent 
tooth  of  P.  thomasi,  then  it  is  almost  certainly  a  canine  (see  p.  12). 

Ameghino  (1902b,  p.  38)  redefined  Polydolops  thomasi  on  the  basis  of  a  re- 
ferred lower  dentition(s)  in  which  he  described  M,.3  (his  M.w).  It  is  not  certain 
which  specimen(s)  Ameghino  used  for  this  description,  but  it  was  possibly 
based  on  MACN  10343,  a  fragment  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  M,.;J,  as 
this  is  the  only  specimen  in  the  Ameghino  Collection  which  preserves  these 
teeth  alone.  Ameghino,  however  (1903,  figs.  68,  101),  figured  and  referred  to  P. 
thomasi  a  right  mandibular  ramus  (MACN  10337)  with  P2-M2  complete  and  M;! 
missing  the  posterolingual  corner.  It  could  be  assumed  that  this  was  the,  or  one 
of  the,  specimen(s)  upon  which  his  1902  description  was  based,  yet  if  this  were 
the  case  it  seems  unlikely  that  he  would  have  purposefully  omitted  description 
of  P2  and  P3. 

Within  P.  thomasi  I  include  as  junior  synonyms  Polydolops  fur  Ameghino, 
1902b,  p.  39;  Polydolops  crassus  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  39;  Orthodolops  sciurinus 
Ameghino,  1903,  p.  131;  and  Polydolops  simplex  Ameghino,  1903,  p.  185.  These 
synonymies  were  first  proposed  by  Simpson  (1948,  pp.  58-59)  and  are  ratified 
in  the  present  study.  In  addition,  I  include  within  P.  thomasi  some  of  the 
syntypes  (but  not  holotype)  of  Pseudolops  princeps  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  40.  The 
taxonomic  disposition  of  the  syntypes  of  P.  princeps  is  discussed  under  the 
"Comments"  section  for  that  species  (see  p.  51);  justification  for  the  other 
synonymies  is  given  by  Simpson  (1948). 

Ameghino  compared  P.  fur,  P.  simplex,  and  O.  sciurinus  only  with  P.  thomasi 
in  the  original  description  of  each  of  these  species;  he  compared  P.  crassus  only 
with  P.  fur.  He  was  thus  aware  of  the  close  affinity  of  these  "species".  In  all 
cases  the  primary  features  used  by  Ameghino  to  distinguish  them  included 
slight  differences  in  overall  size  or  relative  shape  of  the  teeth  and/or  mandibular 
ramus;  in  some  cases  mention  was  made  of  differences  in  number  of  labial 
and/or  lingual  cusps  on  the  molars.  There  is  little  doubt,  however,  that  the  types 
of  these  "species"  and  the  other  specimens  referred  here  to  P.  thomasi  represent 
but  a  single  species.  The  observed  size  (Appendices  4,  5)  and  structural  dif- 
ferences can  be  attributed  to  sex,  age,  individual,  geographic,  and  demonstra- 
ble time  differences  of  the  horizons  from  which  these  specimens  were  collected. 
The  sample  is  thus  of  heterogeneous  origin.  The  specimens  are  all  from  beds  of 
Casamayoran  age  but  not  from  a  single  level;  all  are  from  the  same  general  area 
but  from  at  least  six  different  localities. 

MLP  59-11-28-82  and  59-11-28-83  are  from  beds  of  upper  Casamayoran  age 
(see  p.  39).  These  specimens  are  larger  in  M,  width,  the  latter  in  M,  length,  than 
are  any  of  the  other  specimens  referred  here  to  P.  thomasi.  Most  of  the  other 
specimens  referred  to  P.  thomasi  are  from  beds  which,  on  the  basis  of  associated 
fauna,  are  regarded  as  somewhat  older  than  those  containing  these  two  MLP 
specimens.  Elsewhere  (p.  48)  I  opt  for  the  view  that  P.  thomasi  is  the  direct 
Casamayoran  ancestor  of  the  larger  Mustersan  species  P.  mayoi.  Assuming  the 
existence  of  such  a  lineage,  then  the  implied  size  increase  of  P.  thomasi  leading 
to  P.  mayoi  was  already  begun  in  some  upper  Casamayoran  age  specimens  of  P. 
thomasi.  In  addition,  the  sample  size  of  P.  thomasi  is  the  largest  for  any  known 
species  of  Polydolops;  some  teeth  are  represented  by  as  many  as  24  measurable 
specimens  (Appendix  5).  This  and  other  factors  do  well  to  account  for  the 
considerable  but  not  excessive  size  variation  seen  in  the  P.  thomasi  sample;  CV 
values  range  from  1.46  to  13.33  for  linear  tooth  dimensions,  with  sample  sizes 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE 


43 


ranging  from  2  to  24.  Of  the  16  tooth  dimensions  listed  in  Appendix  5,  two  (P 
W  and  M,  W)  have  CV  values  greater  than  10.  For  M,  W  the  sample  size  is  21 
and  the  CV  value  of  10.85  is  not  considered  extreme.  For  P  W,  however,  the 
sample  size  is  only  three  and  the  CV  value  is  13.33.  This  indicates  that  P  W  is 
extremely  variable.  In  all  cases,  width  of  a  particular  tooth  is  more  variable  than 
its  length  (Appendix  5).  Aspects  of  tooth  structure  and  variability  are  sum- 
marized in  Appendix  7. 

Simpson  (1948,  p.  57)  noted  some  discontinuity  in  the  distribution  of  variable 
characters  within  the  lower  dentitions  of  the  P.  thomasi  sample  which  he 
studied.  These  differences  involved  absolute  and  relative  size  of  teeth  and  of  the 
mandibular  ramus.  In  recognition  of  these  demonstrable  differences  he  was 
able  to  separate  the  more  complete  specimens  into  four  groups,  which  he 
elected  to  recognize  as  subspecies  and  defined  as  follows: 

Polydolops  thomasi  thomasi.  —  Length  P-M3  in  type  17  mm.  In  referred  lower  jaws, 

length  M,  5.1-5.2,  length  M-,  3.9-4.1,  ratio  of  LM,:  LM,  1.25-1.33.  Width  M,  3.8-3.9.  M, 

pointed.  Mandible  slender.  (1948,  p.  59) 

Polydolops  thomasi  crassus.  —  Length  M,  4.3  mm.,  slightly  (probably  not  significantly) 

longer  than  P.  t.  thomasi.  Ratio  LM,:LM.>  1.14,  lower  than  in  available  specimens  of  P.  t. 

thomasi.  Width  M,  5.0,  markedly  greater  than  in  P.  t.  thomasi.  M,  pointed.  Mandible 

very  stout.  (1948,  p.  59) 

Polydolops  thomasi  paahi.  —  Length  M,  5.4-5.8,  somewhat  greater  than  in  either  P.  t. 

thomasi  or  P.  t.  crassus.  Length  M-,  4.4,  greater  than  in  P.  t.  thomasi.  Ratio  LM,  :LM2 1.32, 

about  as  in  P.  t .  thomasi.  Width  M,  4.4-4.6,  intermediate  between  P.  t .  thomasi  and  P.  t . 

crassus.  Shape  of  M,  about  as  in  those  subspecies.  Mandible  as  in  P.  I .  thomasi.  (1948,  p. 

59) 

Polydolops  thomasi  mara.  —  Length  M,  5.7-5.8,  comparable  to  P.  t .  paahi.  Length  M2  3.9, 

comparable  to  P.  t.  thomasi.  Ratio  LM,  :LM2  1.49,  larger  than  in  other  subspecies.  Width 

4.5-4.8,  comparable  to  P.  t .  paahi.  Apex  of  M,  more  rounded  than  in  other  subspecies, 

its  highest  part  not  a  point  of  the  upper  end  of  the  carinae  but  the  rounded  edge 

posterior  to  this.  Mandible  about  as  in  P.  t.  thomasi.  (1948,  p.  61) 

One  of  the  great  drawbacks  of  this  arrangement  involves  its  incompatability 
with  the  subspecies  concept  of  Recent  populations.  Biologists  tend  to  recognize 
subspecies  as  mutually  exclusive  entities,  such  that  only  one  subspecies  can 


i  1 

tj 

9 

fe 

KJ 

M  ' 

M 

Fig.  35.  Polydolops  thomasi  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  497  (Casamayoran).  Stereopairs  of 
AMNH  28440,  a  left  maxillary  with  P-M1:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  = 
15  mm. 


44  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

exist  for  a  prolonged  period  of  time  in  any  one  area.  Thus,  subspecies  are 
generally  allopatric.  Of  the  four  recognized  subspecies  of  P.  thomasi,  three  are 
known  from  two  localities  (Barranca  south  of  Colhue-Huapi;  Rinconada  de  Los 
Lopez)  and  two  from  another  (Canadon  Vaca)  (Simpson,  1948,  p.  58,  table  6). 
There  are  no  published  data  documenting  that  these  subspecies  came  from  dif- 
ferent horizons  or  were  temporally  isolated;  it  can  only  be  assumed  that  at  least 
three  of  the  four  subspecies  occurred  sympatrically,  in  both  space  and  time — a 
highly  unlikely  possibility  given  knowledge  of  living  populations.  For  this 
reason  alone  I  opt  to  reject  this  subspecies  arrangement. 

There  is  a  definite  strong  point,  however,  in  Simpson's  arrangement.  He 
noted  (1948,  p.  57)  that  the  most  complete  specimens  which  he  had  for  study 
belonged  to  a  different  subspecies  from  each  locality  (e.g.,  P.  t.  thomasi,  Cana- 
don Vaca;  P.  t.  paahi,  Colhue-Huapi;  P.  t.  mara,  Rinconada  de  Los  Lopez).  He 
concluded,  and  I  agree,  that  this  may  indicate  the  existence  of  a  geographic  and 
temporal  separation.  This  conclusion  is  highlighted  by  the  fact  that  relative 
(much  less  absolute)  ages  of  Casamayoran  local  faunas  have  yet  to  be 
established.  Nevertheless,  available  faunal  studies  do  suggest  that  time  dif- 
ferences exist  between  some  local  faunas  (Pascual,  1965). 

Polydolops  mayoi  Odreman  Rivas,  1978.  Figures  36-38;  Appendix  6. 

Polydolops  mayoi  Pascual  &  Odreman  Rivas,  1971,  p.  381  (nomen  nudum);  Odreman 
Rivas,  1978,  p.  31,  pi.  1,  figs.  A-D. 

Type.  —  MLP  69— III— 24— 1,  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  base  of  a  large 
procumbent  tooth  (here  regarded  the  canine),  alveoli  of  P2,  P-s  missing  tip  of 
crown,  M,  missing  anteriormost  edge,  and  M2  missing  anterolingual  corner. 

Hypodigm.  —  The  type  and  MLP  52-XI-4-176,  a  fragment  of  a  right  man- 
dibular ramus  with  P:i-M2  complete;  MLP  59-11-28-95,  a  fragment  of  a  left 
mandibular  ramus  with  roots  of  P;i  and  with  M,.2  nearly  complete  (no  evidence 
of  a  P2  on  diastema);  MLP  59-11-28-96,  a  fragment  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus 
with  P3-M2  very  broken;  MLP  59-11-28-135,  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular 
ramus  with  M,_2  very  broken  and  with  roots  of  M:i;  MLP  61-VIII-3-329,  a  frag- 
ment of  an  edentulous  right  mandibular  ramus  with  posterior  alveolus  of  P;!  and 
alveoli  of  M,.3;  MLP  69-111-24-12,  an  isolated  right  P3. 

Horizon  and  Locality.  —  All  specimens  are  from  Mustersan  age  beds  in 
Chubut  Province,  central  Patagonia,  southern  Argentina.  MLP  69— III— 24— 1  and 
69— III— 24— 12  are  from  La  Gran  Hondonada  (  =el  Pozon),  Departamento  de 
Tehuelches;  MLP  59-11-28-95,  59-11-28-96,  and  59-11-28-135  are  from  Cerro 
Conhue,  Tobas  entre  Laguna  de  La  Bombilla  y  El  Toro  Hosco,  Camino  Aguada 
de  Batistin,  Paso  de  Indios;  MLP  61-VIII-3-329  is  from  Cerro  Bagual,  Cerro 
Mentira;  MLP  52-XI-4-176  was  collected  by  S.  Roth  from  "T.i.C.B."  (  =  Ter- 
ciario  inferior  de  Canadon  [or  Cerro]  Blanco). 

Age.  —  Mustersan. 

Revised  Diagnosis.  —  Polydolops  species  of  very  large  size;  only  known 
polydolopid  of  Mustersan  age;  average  ratio  of  P3  L/ W  =  0.99;  P3  with  small  but 
distinct  anterobasal  buttressed  cuspule,  prominent  but  narrow  arced  rib  ex- 
tending from  anterior  edge  of  posterior  root  to  tip  of  crown  on  labial  surface,  an 
equally  prominent  rib  occurring  on  lingual  surface,  cutting  edge  distinctly  ser- 
rated; M,  with  three  to  four  distinct  labial  cusps  and  three  distinct  lingual 
cusps;  M2  with  four  distinct  labial  cusps  and  four  distinct  lingual  cusps;  average 


.2  £~  c  c 


E  J-2&- 

5  «£  s>  g 

o  c  £  ° 

■5  £  So 

■-  !     JZ    Si 

5  3    00  « 

w  £.     u 


£   ^-° 

L-    00    _ 

.  tv  -7  ■£ 
I     en 


<Q     t$     tfl 
60  60  — 

.s  c  y 

<n  '3!  o 


EE* 


SSS 


W   2  S3   3 

"-    <8  S3    3 

"-  >  J.  £ 


K£ 


ha 

V4-    60  t    > 

~  «>  2  — 

60g    60S 
C    £    C    60 

<«  o  -5  c 

.2  r  2  - 


45 


46 


FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 


Fig.  37.  Polydolops  mayoi  Odreman  Rivas,  1978,  p.  31  (Mustersan).  Stereopairs  of  MLP 
69— III— 24— 1  (type),  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  base  of  C,  alveoli  of  P2,  P3  missing  tip 
of  crown,  M,  missing  anteriormost  edge,  and  M2  missing  anterolingual  corner:  a,  labial; 
b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  20  mm. 


ratio  of  M2  L/W  =  1.09;  differs  in  some  comparable  linear  tooth  dimensions 
from  smaller  P.  thomasi  by  12-16%. 

Comments.  —  Polydolops  mayoi  was  erected  by  Odreman  Rivas  (1978)  on  two 
specimens  from  Mustersan  age  beds  in  Patagonia.  The  type,  MLP  69  —III— 24— 1 , 
is  a  greater  part  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  base  of  a  large  procumbent 
tooth  (here  regarded  the  canine),  a  long  toothless  diastema,  alveolus  of  a  P2,  and 
with  P:i-M2  relatively  complete  but  very  worn.  This  specimen  is  readily  distin- 
guishable from  undoubted  Casamayoran  specimens  of  Polydolops  thomasi  in  the 
greater  P;!  W  and  greater  M2  L  and  W;  these  three  measurements  are  well  outside 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE 


47 


Fig.  38.  Polydolops  mayoi  Odreman  Rivas,  1978,  p.  31  (Mustersan).  Stereopairs  of  MLP 
52-XI-4-176,  a  fragment  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  P3-M2  complete:  a,  labial;  b, 
occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  10  mm. 


the  range  of  the  P.  thomasi  sample  (Appendices  5,  6).  These  three  dimensions 
also  differ  from  the  average  of  the  P.  thomasi  sample  by  21-26%.  In  linear  tooth 
dimensions  of  P;i  L  and  M,  L  and  W,  the  type  of  P.  mayoi  falls  within  the  range 
of  the  P.  thomasi  sample. 

The  second  specimen  referred  by  Odreman  Rivas  to  P.  mayoi  is  MLP  69— III— 
24-12,  an  isolated  right  P:).  This  specimen  is  smaller  in  length  and  width  than 
the  type  (Appendix  6)  and  falls  within  the  range  of  the  sample  of  P.  thomasi 
(Appendix  5).  In  fact,  this  specimen  was  (and  is  here)  assigned  to  P.  mayoi 
because  it  is  found  in  Mustersan  age  beds  and  was  collected  from  the  same 
locality  and  horizon  as  that  species.  Had  it  been  found  by  itself,  it  would  have 
probably  been  assigned  to  P.  thomasi,  from  which  it  is  indistinguishable. 

Two  additional  specimens  here  referred  to  P.  mayoi  (MLP  52-XI-4-176,  MLP 
59-11-28-95)  have,  like  the  type,  P3  L  and  M2  L  and  W  either  outside  of  or  at  the 
extreme  of  the  range  of  the  P.  thomasi  sample.  In  P:i  L  and  M,  L  and  W  these 
specimens  are,  however,  within  the  range  of  the  P.  thomasi  sample  (compare 
measurements  of  P.  mayoi  specimens  in  Appendix  6  with  statistics  of  P.  thomasi 
samples  in  Appendix  5). 

The  average  linear  tooth  dimensions  of  the  four  P.  mayoi  specimens  given  in 
Appendix  6  were  compared  with  the  averages  of  the  same  tooth  dimensions  of 
P.  thomasi  (Appendix  5).  In  P3  L  the  averages  differ  by  less  than  1%,  but  for  the 
other  comparable  dimensions  P.  mayoi  is  larger  than  P.  thomasi  by  the  following 
percentages:  P:i  W  16%,  M,  L  16%,  M,  W  12%,  M,  L  13%,  M2  W  22%.  Thus,  for 
average  measurements  of  comparable  linear  tooth  dimensions  other  than  P^  L, 
P.  mayoi  is  approximately  12-22%  larger  than  P.  thomasi.  In  addition,  P.  mayoi 
usually  has  a  much  wider  P:t  and  a  longer  and  wider  M2  than  does  P.  thomasi. 
The  Mustersan  species  of  P.  mayoi  can  thus  be  distinguished  from  the  smaller- 
sized  Casamayoran  species  P.  thomasi  by  its  larger  overall  average  size  and,  in 
some  cases,  larger  size  of  particular  linear  tooth  dimensions. 

In  features  other  than  size,  P.  mayoi  and  P.  thomasi  are  very  similar.  In  both, 
P3  has  a  small,  distinct  buttressed  anterobasal  cuspule,  a  prominent  but  narrow 
arced  rib  extending  from  anterior  edge  of  posterior  root  to  tip  of  crown  on  labial 
side,  an  equally  prominent  rib  on  lingual  side,  and  a  distinctly  serrated  cutting 


48  FIELD1ANA:  GEOLOGY 

edge;  M,  has  three  to  four  distinct  labial  cusps  and  three  distinct  lingual  cusps; 
M2  has  four  distinct  labial  cusps  (three  large  posteriorly  [middle  one  is  smallest] 
and  one  smaller  anteriorly)  and  at  least  four  distinct  lingual  cusps  (three  small 
posteriorly  and  one  large  anteriorly).  Because  of  the  striking  similarity  in 
structure  of  these  species  and  their  occurrence  in  beds  of  different  and  succes- 
sive ages,  I  recognize  P.  thotnasi  as  the  probable  direct  Casamayoran  ancestor  of 
the  slightly  larger  Mustersan  species  P.  mayoi. 

Poly  do  lops?  sp.  indeterminate.  Figure  39. 

A  single  specimen  of  an  apparent  polydolopid,  PU  21998,  is  known  from 
Deseadan  age  beds  in  the  Salla-Luribay  Basin,  about  90  km  southeast  of  La  Paz 
in  the  Serrania  of  Sicasica,  Bolivia  (Patterson  &  Marshall,  1978,  p.  90,  fig.  23).  PU 
21998  is  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  base  of  a  large  procumbent 
tooth  (here  regarded  the  canine)  and  roots  of  P2  and  P3.  It  is  the  latest  known 
polydolopid  and  the  only  one  of  Deseadan  age. 

Description.  —  Base  of  large  procumbent  tooth  (canine)  is  narrow  transversely 
(3.0  mm),  deep  dorsoventrally  (5.5  mm),  and  projects  laterally  from  jaw  at  an 
angle  of  35°  relative  to  a  line  drawn  through  centers  of  P2  and  P:i;  a  large, 
edentulous  diastema  separates  procumbent  tooth  from  P2;  P2  is  very  small, 
situated  directly  anterior  to  P;i,  and  double  rooted  (anterior  root  smaller  than 
posterior);  base  of  P2  is  2.7  mm  long  and  1.8  mm  at  posterior  end;  as  shown  by 
its  roots,  P3  is  a  large  elongate  tooth,  its  base  about  9.6  mm  long  and  anterior 
root  longer  (5.8  mm)  than  posterior  (3.8  mm),  but  both  are  of  about  equal 
breadth  (4.0  mm);  mandibular  symphysis  is  smooth,  suggesting  that  rami  were 
loosely  joined  and  probably  capable  of  movements  independent  of  each  other;  a 
small  mental  foramen  occurs  4.0  mm  below  base  of  P2;  depth  of  ramus  below 
middle  of  P:5  on  labial  side  14.0  mm,  breadth  6.8  mm. 

Comparisons.  —  PU  21998  compares  best  with  the  large  Mustersan  species 
Polydolops  mayoi.  The  PU  specimen  differs  from  the  type  of  P.  mayoi  (MLP 
69— III— 24— 1)  in  its  significantly  larger  size  (P;!  L  in  P.  mayoi  ranges  from  5.1-5.3 
mm,  see  Appendix  6;  base  of  P:i  in  PU  21998  is  9.6  mm  in  length)  and  in  location 
of  the  mental  foramina  (in  P.  mayoi,  one  occurs  3  mm  below  diastema  midway 
between  the  large  procumbent  tooth  and  P2  and  another  of  comparable  size 
occurs  6  mm  below  anterior  root  of  M,,  while  in  PU  21998  one  occurs  4  mm 
below  base  of  P2).  The  preserved  similarities  are  such  that  PU  21998  appears 
simply  to  represent  a  large  Deseadan  species  of  Polydolops;  I  have  tentatively 
referred  it  to  this  genus.  An  alternative  possibility  is  that  PU  21998  represents  a 
large  palaeothentine  caenolestid  of  some  sort,  or  is  even  a  member  of  some 
other  group.  The  fragmentary  nature  of  this  specimen  permits  such  speculation, 
although  polydolopoid  affinities  seem  the  safest  interpretation  based  on  the 
evidence  at  hand. 

Summary  of  Evolution  of  Polydolops 

The  distribution  of  some  diagnostic  characters  of  the  seven  species  of 
Polydolops  is  summarized  in  Appendix  7;  the  probable  phylogenetic  re- 
lationships of  these  species  are  shown  in  the  cladogram  in  Figure  40.  The 
cladogram  is  based  primarily  on  consideration  of  the  distribution  of  some 
character  states  in  Appendix  7,  as  summarized  in  the  caption  to  Figure  40. 


u 


rr 

0> 

— 

ri 

D 

5. 

,_i 

g 

1 

| 

IB 

E 

-r. 

o 

c 

II 

01 

u 

"d 

rj 

g 

£ 

a 

(A 

to 

2 

rv  . 

O 

0) 

> 

o 

r3 

3, 

o 

a, 

— 

u 

9 

tn 

■a 

o 

3 

49 


Fig.  40.  Cladogram  showing  probable  phylogenetic  relationships  of  the  known  species 
of  Polydolops.  Only  relative  positions  of  pre-Riochican  common  ancestors  are  indicated. 
Numbers  mark  distribution  of  character  states  as  summarized  in  Appendix  7. 

1,  Very  small  size;  P:j  lacks  anterobasal  cuspule,  prominent  but  narrow  arced  rib  ex- 
tending from  anterior  edge  of  posterior  root  to  tip  of  crown  on  labial  side,  only  hint  of 
rib  on  lingual  side;  cutting  edge  of  P:i  unserrated;  M,  with  three  distinct  labial  cusps, 
two  distinct  lingual  cusps;  M2  with  three  distinct  labial  cusps,  three  distinct  lingual 
cusps. 

2,  Cutting  edge  of  P:i  with  only  slight  serrations  in  unworn  teeth. 

3,  Increase  in  size;  P:i  with  small  but  distinct  anterobasal  cuspule;  M,  with  three  distinct 
lingual  cusps;  M2  with  four  distinct  lingual  cusps. 

4,  Apparent  retention  of  character  states  present  in  common  ancestor  represented  by 
point  3. 

5,  Apparent  retention  of  character  states  present  in  common  ancestor  represented  by 
points  3  and  4. 

6,  Increase  in  size;  Pt  with  broad  but  distinct  straight  rib  extending  from  notch  between 
roots  to  tip  of  crown  on  labial  and  lingual  sides. 

7,  Increase  in  size;  P3  with  rib  on  lingual  side  more  pronounced;  cutting  edge  of  P3 
distinctly  serrated;  M2  with  four  distinct  labial  cusps;  distinct  lingual  cusps  on  M2 
sometimes  exceed  four. 

8,  Apparent  retention  of  character  states  present  in  common  ancestor  represented  by 
point  7. 

9,  M,  with  three  to  four  distinct  lingual  cusps  (anterior  two  are  fused  basally  in  some 
forms). 

10,  Increase  in  size:  Pi  with  rib  on  lingual  side  prominent;  M,  with  three  to  four  distinct 
labial  cusps. 

11,  Increase  in  size. 


50 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE  51 

The  criteria  employed  in  selection  of  the  morphoclines  for  the  characters  used 
are  as  follows  (see  Appendix  7): 

Character  1  —  The  general  trend  in  polydolopid  evolution  is  assumed  to  have  been 
from  very  small  to  very  large  size. 

Character  3  —  Structure  of  P:i  in  primitive  polydolopids  is  assumed  to  have  been 
characterized  by  lack  of  a  distinct  anterobasal  cuspule  and  presence  of  a  narrow  arced 
rib  extending  from  anterior  edge  of  posterior  root  to  tip  of  crown  on  labial  side  with 
only  hint  (or  lack)  of  rib  on  lingual  side. 

Character  4  —  Cutting  edge  of  P8  primitively  with  no  or  only  slight  hint  of  serrations. 

Character  5  —  M,  with  three  (or  less)  distinct  labial  cusps  in  ancestral  polydolopid. 

Character  6  —  M,  with  two  (or  less)  distinct  lingual  cusps  in  ancestral  polydolopid. 

Character  7  —  M2  with  three  (or  less)  distinct  labial  cusps  in  ancestral  polydolopid. 

Character  8  —  M->  with  three  (or  less)  distinct  lingual  cusps  in  ancestral  polydolopid. 

Utilization  of  these  morphocline  series  is  complementary,  one  with  the  other; 
the  final  result  as  shown  in  the  cladogram  in  Figure  40  is  judged  to  be  a  reason- 
able approximation  of  the  phylogenetic  relationships  of  the  species  of 
Polydolops. 


Pseudolops  Ameghino,  1902b 
Pseudolops  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  40. 

Type.  —  P.  princeps  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  40. 

Diagnosis.  —  As  for  type  and  only  known  species. 

Known  Range.  —  Casamayoran  of  Patagonia,  southern  Argentina. 

Pseudolops  princeps  Ameghino,  1902b.  Figure  41. 

Pseudolops  princeps  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  40;  1903,  p.  149,  figs.  73,  108. 
Polydolops  princeps  Simpson,  1948,  p.  62. 

Lectotype.  —  MACN  10332a,  an  isolated  left  P3  (figured  by  Ameghino,  1903, 
fig.  108). 

Hypodigm.  —  Type  only. 

Horizon  and  Locality.  —  Casamayoran  beds  from  Barranca  south  of  Lago 
Colhue-Huapi,  Chubut  Province,  Patagonia,  southern  Argentina;  collected  by 
C.  Ameghino. 

Age.  —  Casamayoran. 

Revised  Diagnosis.  —  Polydolopid  of  large  size;  P'J  L  =  5.9  mm,  W  =  4.3  mm; 
weak  and  narrow  arced  rib  extending  from  anterior  edge  of  posterior  root  to  tip 
of  crown;  blade  distinctly  serrated  along  entire  edge. 

Comments.  —  Pseudolops  princeps  was  based  on  a  number  of  isolated  teeth 
and  tooth  fragments,  and  one  jaw  fragment  with  two  teeth.  These  cotypes 
include  a  large  isolated  left  P8  (MACN  10332a,  figured  by  Ameghino,  1903,  fig. 
108,  as  M4);  a  slightly  smaller  isolated  P  or  M1  (MACN  10332b,  figured  by 
Ameghino,  1903,  fig.  108,  as  M');  an  isolated  right  M2  (MACN  10332c,  figured 
by  Ameghino,  1903,  figs.  73c-e,  as  M:>);  the  tip  of  a  lower  left  procumbent  tooth 
(MACN  10332d);  a  right  maxillary  fragment  with  M1"2  (MACN  10332e,  figured 
by  Ameghino,  1903,  fig.  73a,  b,  as  Mv,;);  and  the  anterior  edges  of  two  left  P3s 
(MACN  10332f-g).  As  the  association  of  some  or  all  of  these  teeth  (except  for  the 
M12)  is  doubtful  (see  below),  Simpson  (1948,  p.  62)  elected  as  lectotype  the 
larger  P!  (MACN  10332a). 


52 


FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 


Fig.  41.  Pseudolops  princeps  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  40  (Casamayoran).  MACN  10332a 
(lectotype),  an  isolated  left  P!:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  5  mm. 


Simpson,  (1948,  p.  62)  noted  that  some  of  these  teeth  might  belong  to  P. 
thomasi.  I  agree  and  here  regard  all  of  them  except  MACN  10332a,  b,  and  d  as 
referrable  to  that  species. 

MACN  10332c,  the  isolated  lower  M2,  measures  L  =  3.9  mm,  W  =  3.2  mm. 
These  dimensions  are  well  within  the  range  of  measurements  of  the  P.  thomasi 
sample  (Appendix  5).  Also,  as  in  most  known  specimens  of  P.  thomasi,  there  are 
four  distinct  labial  cusps  (three  larger  posteriorly  and  one  smaller  anteriorly), 
and  four  distinct  lingual  cusps  (three  smaller  posteriorly,  and  one  larger  an- 
teriorly). 

MACN  10332e,  the  right  maxillary  fragment  with  M12,  has  the  following 
measurements:  M1  L  =  4.3  mm,  W  =  4.5  mm;  M2  L  =  3.4  mm,  W  =  3.7  mm. 
The  M1  has  six  distinct  cusps  labial  to  the  basin  and  four  accessory  cingular 
cuspules  labial  to  these.  The  M2  has  five  distinct  cusps  labial  to  the  basin  and 
one  accessory  cingular  cuspule.  In  both  size  and  morphology  these  teeth  fall 
within  the  range  of  variation  of  the  P.  thomasi  sample  (Appendix  5). 

MACN  10332f-g  are  the  specimens  which  Ameghino  (1902b,  p.  40)  described 
as  "molar  4  inferior",  and  which  Simpson  (1948,  p.  62)  called  P8.  In  reality,  this 
"tooth"  consists  of  the  anterior  edges  of  two  lower  left  P:!s,  the  broken  edges  of 
which  were  erroneously  joined  together  with  wax  in  the  belief  that  they  repre- 
sented the  anterior  and  posterior  halves  of  the  same  tooth.  This  resulted  in  a 
hybrid  tooth  of  basic  size  and  shape  of  a  relatively  complete  lower  P;i.  I  have 
separated  these  tooth  fragments  and  have  removed  the  wax.  These  two  speci- 
mens demonstrate  a  significant  point:  more  than  one  individual  was  repre- 
sented among  the  cotypes  of  P.  princeps.  This  fact  confirms  the  doubt  expressed 
by  Simpson  that  all  of  the  cotypes  may  not  have  been  found  in  direct  association 
nor  represent  one  and  the  same  individual. 

MACN  10332d,  the  tip  of  a  lower  left  procumbent  tooth,  has  an  anterolingual 
beveled  wear  surface.  This  tooth  is  smaller  but  structurally  similar  to  the  tip  of 
the  right  lower  "incisor"  which  Ameghino  figured  (e.g.,  1903,  fig.  22)  and 
referred  to  Propolymastodon  caroli-ameghinoi  (  =  Eudolops  tetragonus,  see  p.  61). 
MACN  10332d  is  thus  probably  a  polydolopid,  but  there  is  no  solid  evidence  to 
warrant  its  assignment  confidently  to  P.  thomasi,  P.  princeps,  or  to  any  other 
known  species.  This  stems  from  the  fact  that  there  are  no  known  jaws  of 
Polydolops  which  retain  a  complete  procumbent  tooth,  making  assignment  of 
such  isolated  teeth  tentative  at  best. 

MACN  10332b  is  the  specimen  which  Ameghino  (1903,  fig.  108)  called  M*  and 
which  Simpson  (1948,  p.  62)  called  M, .  The  identity  of  this  tooth  is  very  un- 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE  53 

certain.  It  compares  best  with  upper  right  M's  of  species  of  Abde rites.  A  right  M1 
of  the  Colhuehuapian  species  A.  crispus  is  figured  by  Marshall  (1976,  p.  61,  fig. 
2)  and  a  right  M1  of  the  Santacrucian  species  A.  meridionalis  is  figured  by  Mar- 
shall (1976,  p.  69,  fig.  5).  MACN  10332b  is  larger  (L  =  4.8  mm,  W  =  3.5  mm) 
than  known  specimens  of  A.  crispus,  in  which  a  specimen  has  a  length  of  4.6 
mm  and  a  width  of  2.6  mm,  and  in  A.  meridionalis,  in  which  three  specimens 
have  a  range  of  4.2-4.6  in  length  and  2.1-2.3  mm  in  width  (Marshall,  1976). 
Structurally,  however,  MACN  10332b  is  virtually  identical  to  specimens  of  Ab- 
derites.  The  anterior  edge  of  MACN  10332b  is  very  narrow  and  has  two  or  three 
narrow  but  distinct  parallel  ribs  along  its  anterolabial  and  anterolingual  sides. 
The  dorsalmost  edge  is  relatively  flat  and  unserrated,  with  but  a  slight  indica- 
tion of  a  shallow  concave  wear  surface.  The  posterior  half  of  the  tooth  is  broad 
and  the  crown  height  at  the  posterolingual  corner  is  much  less  than  occurs  at  the 
posterolabial  end;  a  distinct  wear  facet  occurs  on  the  medioposterolingual  sur- 
face. The  labial  and  lingual  surfaces,  except  for  the  narrow  ribs  along  the  an- 
terior edge,  are  smooth  and  without  ornamentation. 

Beds  of  Colhuehuapian  age  occur  at  the  Barranca  south  of  Lago  Colhue- 
Huapi,  the  locality  where  the  cotypes  of  P.  princeps  were  collected.  In  view  of 
this  fact  and  the  demonstrated  fact  that  at  least  some  of  the  cotypes  of  P.  princeps 
are  from  different  individuals  and  species,  I  opt  for  the  possibility  that  MACN 
10332b  represents  a  specimen  of  the  caenolestid  genus  Abderites.  It  may  repre- 
sent a  large  individual  of  A.  crispus  or  A.  pristinus,  species  collected  from  the 
Colhuehuapian  beds  at  the  Barranca.  The  possibility  thus  exists  that  MACN 
10332b  is  derived  from  the  Colhuehuapian,  was  washed  out  of  these  beds,  and 
came  to  rest  on  the  Casamayoran  beds  at  the  bottom  of  the  Barranca.  This 
specimen  may  have  been  collected  in  association  with  the  other  cotypes,  but  it 
in  fact  represents  an  element  derived  from  the  Colhuehuapian  fauna. 
Alternatively,  this  tooth  may  represent  an  example  of  an  abderitine  in  the 
Casamayoran — which,  based  on  present  knowledge,  seems  unlikely,  since  the 
subfamily  is  first  known  from  the  Deseadan  (Marshall,  1976) — or  it  may  repre- 
sent a  polydolopid  which  converged  upon  abderitines.  If  an  abderitine,  then 
the  tooth  is  an  M1;  if  a  polydolopoid,  it  is  most  likely  a  F.  In  any  event,  this 
tooth  is  not  referrable  to  the  same  species  as  the  type  of  P.  princeps,  nor  can  it 
even  be  tentatively  referred  to  any  other  known  polydolopoid  species. 

The  lectotype  of  Pseudolops  princeps,  the  upper  left  F  (MACN  10332a),  is  quite 
different  from  any  other  known  polydolopid.  It  differs  from  Eudolops  tetragonus 
in  being  larger  and  having  a  serrated  cutting  edge,  and  from  Polydolops  thomasi 
in  being  larger  and  having  structural  differences  of  the  mediolabial  and 
mediolingual  vertical  ribs.  The  posterior  edge  of  MACN  10332a  where  it  abuts 
the  M1  is  broad  and  flat,  while  anteriorly  there  is  a  narrow  triangular-shaped  flat 
area  along  the  lower  half  of  the  crown  which  presumably  marks  contact  with  the 
P*.  This  inferred  area  of  contact  with  the  V1  is  relatively  smaller  than  that  in  P. 
thomasi,  and  is  proportionately  similar  in  size  to  that  in  Eudolops  tetragonus. 
Overall,  the  lectotype  of  P.  princeps  is  equally  as  distinct  from  P.  thomasi  as  it  is 
from  £.  tetragonus,  a  fact  which  supports  separation  of  these  species  at  the 
generic  level.  It  is  thus  appropriate  to  retain  Ameghino's  original  generic  name, 
Pseudolops,  for  this  species. 

It  must  be  noted  that  premolars  are  unknown  for  Amphidolops  serrula;  the 
possibility  exists  that  MACN  10332a  represents  the  F  of  that  species.  Judging 
from  the  roots  of  the  F  in  AMNH  28929  (A.  serrula),  they  are  quite  large, 


54  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

measuring  5.0  mm  in  length  and  4.0  mm  in  width  and  approaching  the  size  of 
P.  princeps  (L  =  5.0  mm,  W  =  4.0  mm).  In  this  specimen  of  A.  serrula,  however, 
there  is  no  indication  that  a  P2  was  ever  present,  while  in  P.  princeps  there  is  at 
least  a  suggestion  of  its  presence.  Clarification  of  the  relationships  of  these 
species  will  come  only  with  the  discovery  of  more  complete  upper  dentitions  in 
which  premolars  and  molars  are  found  in  direct,  undoubted  association. 

Amphidolops  Ameghino,  1902b 

Amphidolops  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  42. 

Anadolops  Ameghino,  1903,  p.  186;  1904b,  p.  258  (said  to  be  new  in  1904,  but  publica- 
tion in  1903  is  prior  and  valid). 
Seumadia  Simpson,  1935a,  p.  5. 

Type  of  Amphidolops.  —  A.  serrula  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  42. 

Type  of  Anadolops.  —  A.  thylacoleoides  Ameghino,  1903,  p.  186. 

Type  of  Seumadia.  —  S.  yapa  Simpson,  1935a,  p.  6. 

Revised  Diagnosis.  —  Medium-  to  large-sized  polydolopids;  known  dental 
formula  It,  Ct,  P^>  M|,  P2  apparently  absent;  sectorial  shear  blades  apparently 
P3  above,  P3  and  trigonid  of  M,  below;  P3  large,  two  rooted,  posterior  root  twice 
as  wide  as  anterior  root  (structure  of  crown  unknown);  upper  molars  low 
crowned  and  with  strongly  wrinkled,  shallow  basins;  M1  significantly  larger 
than  M2;  M1  with  two  parallel  rows  of  labial  cusps  and  one  row  of  lingual  cusps 
(each  row  has  about  five  or  six  cusps);  anterior  end  of  M1  slightly  narrower  than 
posterior  end;  M2  semiquadrate  in  shape  and  with  anterior  end  slightly  broader 
than  posterior,  labial  side  slightly  higher  than  lingual  side,  former  with  about 
four  indistinct  cusps  fused  basally  and  latter  with  about  three  indistinct  cusps 
fused  basally;  M3  trirooted  (two  labial  and  one  lingual  root)  and  slightly  nar- 
rower than  M2;  M3  triangular  shaped,  slightly  wider  than  long,  corners  some- 
what elevated  but  without  distinct  cusps;  M,_3  with  moderately  high  crowns 
with  strongly  wrinkled,  shallow  basins,  labial  and  lingual  sides  rimmed  with 
numerous  small  cuspules;  trigonid  blade  of  M,  better  developed  than  in  species 
of  Polydolops,  but  less  than  in  species  of  Eudolops. 

Known  Range.  —  Riochican  and  Casamayoran  of  Patagonia,  southern  Argen- 
tina. 

Comments.  —  Simpson  (1935a)  erected  Seumadia  yapa  on  the  basis  of  an  iso- 
lated M3  (his  M4)  from  the  lower  fossiliferous  level  (bed  "h"  of  profile  in  fig.  3  of 
Simpson,  1935b,  p.  8)  of  the  Rio  Chico  beds  at  Cerro  Redondo.  He  noted  (1948, 
p.  65)  that 

The  proportions  and  cusp  structure,  or  its  absence,  sharply  distinguish  this  [tooth]  from 
the  homologous  tooth  of  Polydolops. 

I  agree.  The  M3  of  Polydolops  thomasi  (AMNH  28440),  for  example,  is  notably 
longer  than  wide,  the  basin  is  slightly  deeper,  and  the  enamel  less  wrinkled 
than  in  S.  yapa.  The  M3s  in  these  species  are  similar  in  their  general  overall  size, 
low  crowns,  shallow  basins  with  wrinkled  enamel,  and  absence  of  distinct 
cusps  around  the  rim.  These  teeth  differ  from  those  of  species  of  Eudolops, 
which  are  of  much  larger  size,  distinctly  elongated  anteroposteriorly,  and  have 
distinct  cusps  along  the  rims,  especially  labially  and  anterolingually. 

As  Nfs  of  Amphidolops  were  unknown,  Simpson  was  not  able  to  compare  S. 
yapa  directly  with  the  Casamayoran  species  A.  serrula.  He  did  note,  however 
(1948,  p.  65),  that 

Amphidolops  has  similarly  wrinkled  enamel  and  small  cusps,  but  the  cusps  (also  in  the 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE 


55 


upper  teeth),  while  small,  are  numerous,  sharp,  and  distinct,  and  the  crowns  are  rather 
high  although  the  apical  pattern  is  shallow. 

In  the  process  of  comparing  S.  yapa  with  A.  serrula,  I  have  been  unable  to  isolate 
a  single  character  which  would  permit  distinction  of  these  species  at  the  generic 
level.  In  view  of  this,  I  formally  recognize  Seumadia  as  a  junior  subjective 
synonym  of  Amphidolops.  My  specific  reasons  for  this  move  are  as  follows:  1)  the 
M2  of  A.  serrula  and  the  M3  of  S.  yapa  have  a  low  crown  and  a  shallow  basin  in 
which  the  enamel  is  strongly  wrinkled;  2)  in  the  M2  of  A.  serrula  (AMNH  28923, 
28929),  the  labial  and  lingual  cusps  are  low  and  difficult  to  differentiate;  3)  in  S. 
yapa,  the  comers  are  elevated  but  there  are  no  distinct  cusps;  4)  in  specimens  of 
Polydolops  thomasi  (e.g.,  AMNH  28440),  the  structural  differences  from  M2  to  M1 
are  of  similar  magnitude  to  those  existing  between  the  M2  of  A.  serrula  and  the 
M'  of  S.  yapa;  and  5)  in  addition,  the  roots  of  the  M'  preserved  in  AMNH  28929 
(A.  serrula)  show  that  this  tooth  was  triangular  in  shape;  their  placement 
suggests  that  the  tooth  was,  as  in  S.  yapa,  about  equidimensional. 

Ameghino  (1902b,  p.  42)  proposed  a  second  species  for  Amphidolops,  A.  ser- 
rifer.  He  later  (1903,  p.  148)  made  this  the  type  of  a  new  genus,  Anissodolops.  As 
shown  here  (see  p.  25),  Anissodolops  serrifer  is  a  junior  synonym  of  Polydolops 
serra  Ameghino  (1902b,  p.  39)  and  thus  has  no  special  affinity  with  Amphidolops 
serrula. 

Amphidolops  yapa  (Simpson,  1935a).  Figures  42-43. 
Seumadia  yapa  Simpson,  1935a,  p.  6,  fig.  3;  1948,  p.  65,  pi.  6,  fig.  6. 

Type.  —  AMNH  28431,  an  isolated  M3  (figured  by  Simpson,  1935a,  fig.  3; 
1948,  pi.  6,  fig.  6). 

Hypodigm.  —  Type  only. 

Horizon  and  Locality.  —  Rio  Chico  Formation,  37  meters  above  "Banco  Verde" 
of  the  Salamanca  Formation,  Cerro  Redondo,  west  of  Puerto  Visser,  Chubut 
Province,  Argentina. 

Age.  —  Riochican. 

Revised  Diagnosis.  —  Only  known  Riochican  species  of  Amphidolops;  similar 
in  size  to  A.  serrula;  M}  L  =  3.4  mm,  W  =  3.5  mm. 


Fig.  42.  Amphidolops  yapa  (Simpson,  1935a,  p.  6)  (Riochican).  AMNH  28431  (type),  an 
isolated  right  M3:  a,  occlusal;  b,  labial;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  3  mm. 


56 


FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 


Fig.  43.  Amphidolops  yapa  (Simpson,  1935a,  p.  6)  (Riochican).  Stereopairs  of  AMNH 
28431  (type),  an  isolated  M3:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  5  mm. 

Comments.  —  Amphidolops  yapa  is  known  only  by  an  isolated  M3  and  cannot 
be  compared  directly  with  the  Casamayoran  species  A.  serrula,  as  no  IVPs  are 
known  for  that  species.  In  view  of  this  and  the  established  fact  that  these 
species  come  from  beds  of  different  ages,  as  documented  by  study  of  associated 
fauna,  their  specific  distinction  is  retained. 

In  spite  of  its  incompleteness,  A.  yapa  is  important,  as  it  establishes  the 
occurrence  of  this  genus  in  the  Riochican.  In  view  of  the  similarity  in  size  of  A. 
yapa  and  A  serrula  and  their  occurrence  in  beds  of  successive  ages,  I  tentatively 
recognize  the  former  as  the  possible  direct  Riochican  ancestor  of  the  latter. 


Amphidolops  serrula  Ameghino,  1902b.  Figures  44-49;  Appendix  8. 

Amphidolops  serrula  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  42;  1903,  p.  148,  fig.  71;  Simpson  1948,  p.  65, 

pi.  6,  fig.  5,  pi.  7,  figs.  1,  2. 
Anadolops  thylacoleoides  Ameghino,  1903,  p.  186,  fig.  120;  1904b,  p.  258  (said  to  be  new 

in  1904,  but  publication  in  1903  is  prior  and  valid);  Simpson,  1948,  p.  65  (as  a  junior 

synonym  of  Amphidolops  serrula). 

Type  of  A.  serrula.  —  MACN  10357,  an  isolated  left  M2  (figured  by  Ameghino, 
1903,  fig.  71). 

Type  of  A.  thylacoleoides.  —  MACN  10339,  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular 
ramus  with  M,  missing  anterior  edge,  M2  complete,  M;!  missing  posterolingual 
corner  (figured  by  Ameghino,  1903,  fig.  120). 


Fig.  44.  Amphidolops  serrula  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  42  (Casamayoran).  MACN  10357 
(type),  an  isolated  left  M2:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  4  mm. 


J 


J  I 


I  [I 


Fig.  45.  Amphidolops  serrula  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  42  (Casamayoran).  Stereopairs  of 
MACN  10357  (type),  an  isolated  left  M2:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views. 
Scale  =  5  mm. 


Fig.  46.  Amphidolops  serrula  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  42  (Casamayoran).  MACN  10339 
(type  of  Anadolops  thylacoleoides),  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  M,  missing 
anterior  edge,  IvL  complete,  M-,  missing  posterolingual  corner:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c, 
lingual  views.  Scale  =  10  mm. 


57 


58 


FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 


Hypodigm.  — The  two  types  and  AMNH  28438,  an  isolated  M1  (figured  by 
Simpson,  1948,  pi.  7,  fig.  2);  AMNH  28922,  an  isolated  right  M,  (figured  by 
Simpson,  1948,  pi.  7,  fig.  1);  AMNH  28923,  an  isolated  right  M2;  AMNH  28929,  a 
fragment  of  a  left  maxillary  with  roots  of  P3,  M1"2  complete  and  alveoli  of  M3 
(figured  by  Simpson,  1948,  pi.  6,  fig.  5);  AMNH  28933,  an  isolated  M,;  MLP 
59-11-28-86,  a  fragment  of  a  right  maxillary  with  M1"2;  and  MLP  66-V-4-25,  a 
fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  posterior  half  of  M, . 

Horizon  and  Locality.  —  All  specimens  are  from  Casamayoran  beds  in  Chubut 
Province,  Patagonia,  southern  Argentina.  MACN  10357  is  from  the  Barranca 
south  of  Lago  Colhue-Huapi  and  MACN  10339  is  without  specific  locality  data; 
both  specimens  were  collected  by  Carlos  Ameghino.  AMNH  28438  is  from  the 
Barranca  south  of  Lago  Colhue-Huapi  and  was  collected  by  members  of  the 
Scarritt  Expedition  in  1930.  AMNH  28922,  28923,  28929,  and  28933  are  from  the 
northeastern  part  of  Rinconada  de  Los  Lopez  and  were  collected  by  members  of 
the  Scarritt  Expedition  in  1933.  MLP  59-11-28-86  and  66-V-4-25  are  from 
Aguada  de  Batistin,  Paso  de  Indios,  and  were  collected  by  MLP  personnel  (these 
specimens  are  from  the  same  level  as  Oxybunotherium  praecursor,  see  Pascual, 
1965,  and  are  thus  of  Upper  Casamayoran  Age). 

Age.  —  Casamayoran. 

Revised  Diagnosis.  —  Only  known  Casamayoran  species  of  Amphidolops; 
similar  in  size  to  Riochican  species  A.  yapa. 

Comments.  —  Amphidolops  serrula  was  erected  by  Ameghino  (1902b,  p.  42)  on 
an  unworn  isolated  left  M2  (MACN  10357)  in  which  the  crown  morphology  was 
perfectly  preserved.  The  noteworthy  features  of  this  tooth  include  the  high 
crown,  shallow  basin  covered  with  strongly  wrinkled  enamel,  and  numerous 
low  cusps  along  the  labial  and  lingual  edges  (seven  labially,  five  lingually). 

A  year  later  Ameghino  (1903,  p.  186)  erected  Anadolops  thylacoleoides  on  a 
fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  (MACN  10339)  with  M,  missing  anterior 


■■VHH 

HI 

im- 

5^— A  i 

hh 

Is—tyi 

l! 

Fig.  47.  Amphidolops  serrula  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  42  (Casamayoran).  Stereopairs  of 
MACN  10339  (type  of  Anadolops  thylacoleoides),  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus 
with  M,  missing  anterior  edge,  M2  complete,  M;1  missing  posterolingual  corner:  a,  labial; 
b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  10  mm. 


Fig.  48.  Amphidolops  serrula  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  42  (Casamayoran).  AMNH  28929,  a 
fragment  of  a  left  maxillary  with  roots  of  P,  M1'-  complete,  and  alveoli  of  M3 :  a,  labial;  b, 
occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  10  mm. 


59 


60 


FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 


Fig.  49.  Atnphidolops  serrula  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  42  (Casamayoran).  Stereopairs  of 
AMNH  28929,  a  fragment  of  a  left  maxillary  with  roots  of  P!,  M1"2  complete,  and  alveoli  of 
M3:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  10  mm  (for  a  and  c). 


edge,  M2  complete,  and  M3  missing  posterolingual  corner,  all  deeply  worn. 
Despite  the  extensive  occlusal  wear,  these  teeth  are  characterized  by  shallow 
basins  with  remnants  of  strongly  wrinkled  enamel  and  with  numerous  cuspules 
along  the  labial  and  lingual  edges. 

In  size,  shape,  and  structure,  the  M2s  of  A.  serrula  and  A.  thylacoleoides  are 
virtually  identical  and  clearly  represent  one  and  the  same  species.  In  all  cases, 
the  differences  used  by  Ameghino  to  characterize  these  species  are  related  to 
the  differences  in  occlusal  wear. 

This  synonymy  was  earlier  recognized  by  Simpson  (1948,  p.  65).  In  that  same 
study  Simpson  (1948,  p.  65)  referred  some  upper  teeth  to  this  species;  I  totally 
support  this  move  and  his  reasons  for  doing  so. 


Eudolops  Ameghino,  1897 

Eudolops  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  498. 
Promysops  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  36. 
Propolymastodon  Ameghino,  1903,  p.  100. 

Type  of  Eudolops.  —  E.  tetragonus  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  498. 

Type  of  Promysops.  —  P.  acuminatus  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  36. 

Type  of  Propolymastodon.  — P.  caroli-ameghinoi  Ameghino,  1903,  p.  100. 

Revised  Diagnosis.  —  Polydolopids  of  very  large  size;  known  dental  formula 
Ij,  Ct,  Pf,  M|;  sectorials  include  P2-F/P;!  and  trigonid  of  M,;  P2  and  F  well- 
developed,   two-rooted,   anteroposteriorly  elongated  blades  with  sharp,  un- 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEM ATICS  OF  POLYDOLOP1DAE  61 

serrated  cutting  edges,  a  broad  but  weak  medial  rib  along  labial  and  lingual 
surface  extending  from  base  of  tooth  to  tip  of  crown,  posterolingual  corners 
swollen  internally,  more  so  in  P  than  in  P;  P  narrower  than  P  but  both  of 
similar  length;  P  with  small  but  distinct  anterobasal  cuspule,  a  feature  not 
present  on  P;  molar  basins  deep  with  moderately  wrinkled  enamel;  M'  slightly 
broader  posteriorly  than  anteriorly,  four  primary  cusps  along  labial  edge,  a  fifth 
cusp  between  and  immediately  linguad  of  posterior  two  of  primary  cusps  (a 
small  cuspule  may  occur  between  primary  labial  cusp  two  and  three);  one  or 
two  large  cusps  on  crown  surface  above  anterolingual  root  and  three  cusps 
aligned  in  a  row  on  crown  surface  above  posterolingual  root  of  M1  (more  pos- 
terior of  these  smaller  than  two  anterior,  which  are  subequal  in  size);  Nf- 
slightly  broader  anteriorly  than  posteriorly,  four  primary  cusps  along  labial 
edge,  a  fifth  cusp  between  and  immediately  linguad  of  posterior  two  of  primary 
cusps,  one  large  cusp  over  crown  surface  above  anterolingual  root  and  three 
cusps  aligned  in  a  row  on  crown  surface  above  posterolingual  root  (more  post- 
erior of  these  smaller  than  two  anterior,  which  are  subequal  in  size);  Nf'  elon- 
gated, triangular  shaped,  with  apex  pointing  posteriorly  (anterior  part  thus 
broader  than  posterior  part),  four  or  five  distinct  cusps  along  labial  surface  (first 
and  second  largest)  and  two  distinct  cusps  along  anterolingual  side  of  crown; 
lower  antepremolar  teeth  include  two  very  reduced  incisors  and  a  large,  single- 
rooted  procumbent  canine;  P,  and  P2  absent;  P;i  well-developed  (but  not  large 
compared  with  other  polydolopids),  two-rooted  blade  with  distinct  rib  on 
mediolabial  and  mediolingual  surfaces,  cutting  edge  sharp,  only  weakly  ser- 
rated; M,..i  subequal  in  size;  M,  trigonid  well  elevated  above  rest  of  molar 
series,  bladelike  with  weakly  serrated  cutting  edge  as  in  P;1;  IvL  talonid 
with  four  distinct  cusps  labially  (first  very  small,  third  larger,  second 
and  fourth  largest  and  subequal  in  size)  and  three  lingually  (first  and  second 
very  large,  fused  basally,  giving  appearance  of  single  large  cusp);  M->  and  M:t 
have  four  large  cusps  labially  and  three  lingually. 

Comments.  —  An  excellent  discussion  and  justification  of  the  generic 
synonymies  recognized  here  is  given  by  Simpson  (1948,  pp.  65-67). 

Eudolops  tetragonus  Ameghino,  1897.  Figures  50-59;  Appendix  9. 

Eudolops  tetragonus  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  498,  fig.  74;  1898,  p.  185;  1902a,  p.  213; 

Simpson,  1948,  p.  67  (partim). 
Promysops  acuminatus  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  36;  1903,  p.  84,  figs.  3,  7,  8,  44;  1906,  p.  363, 

fig.  208. 
Propolymastodon  acuminatus  Schlosser,  1925,  p.  26,  fig.  38B. 
Eudolops  acuminatus  Simpson,  1948,  p.  67. 
Propolymastodon  caroli-ameghinoi  Ameghino,  1903,  p.  100,  figs.  18-22;  1904a,  p.  43,  fig. 

27;  1906,  p.  362,  fig.  206;  Simpson,  1928,  p.  8,  fig.  4;  Schlosser,  1925,  p.  26,  fig.  38A. 
Eudolops  caroli-ameghinoi  Simpson,  1948,  p.  67,  pi.  2,  fig.  10,  pi.  7,  figs.  4,  5;  Paula 

Couto,  1952,  p.  21,  fig.  7C. 
Propolymastodon  cardatus  Ameghino,  1903,  p.  105,  fig.  23;  Schlosser,  1925,  p.  26,  fig. 

38C;  Simpson,  1948,  p.  67  (as  a  junior  synonym  of  E.  acuminatus). 
Eudolops  sp.  Simpson,  1948,  p.  68. 

Type  of  E.  tetragonus.  —  MACN  10358,  an  isolated  right  M1  missing  postero- 
labial  corner  (figured  by  Ameghino,  1897,  fig.  74). 

Type  of  P.  acuminatus.  —  MACN  10340a,  anterior  part  of  an  edentulous  right 
mandibular  ramus  with  alveoli  of  two  small  incisors  and  C,  part  of  diastema  and 
alveoli  of  P8,  and  anterior  alveolus  of  M,  (figured  by  Ameghino,  1903,  figs.  3,  8). 


62 


FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 


Fig.  50.  Eudolops  tetragonus  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  498  (Casamayoran).  MACN  10334  (type 
of  Propolymastodon  caroli-ameghinoi),  greater  part  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  P:i-M:! 
complete:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  10  mm. 


Type  of  P.  caroli-ameghinoi.  —  MACN  10334,  greater  part  of  a  left  mandibular 
ramus  with  P3-M3  complete  and  an  isolated  right  C,  supposedly  of  same  indi- 
vidual (figured  by  Ameghino,  1903,  figs.  18-22;  1904a,  fig.  27;  1906,  fig.  206; 
Schlosser,  1925,  fig.  38A;  Simpson,  1928,  fig.  4;  1948,  pi.  2,  fig.  10;  Paula  Couto, 
1952,  fig.  7C). 

Type  of  P.  cardatus.  —  MACN  10333,  part  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with 
M,.2  (figured  by  Ameghino,  1903,  fig.  23;  Schlosser,  1925,  fig.  38C;  P3  is  shown 
in  Ameghino's  figures,  but  is  not  now  present). 

Hypodigm.  —  The  four  types  and  AMNH  28430,  an  isolated  right  M1;  AMNH 
28435,  a  fragment  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  M2_3  complete  (figured  by 
Simpson,  1948,  pi.  7,  figs.  4,  5);  AMNH  28437,  an  isolated  right  M3;  MACN 
10340b,  a  fragment  of  a  left  maxillary  with  a  complete  M;!  (figured  by  Ameghino, 
1903,  figs.  7,  44;  1906,  fig.  208;  Schlosser,  1925,  fig.  38B);  MLP  59-11-28-79,  a 
fragment  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  posterior  root  of  M,,  M2  missing 
only  anterolingual  corner,  and  alveoli  of  M3;  MLP  59-11-28-80,  a  fragment  of  a 
left  mandibular  ramus  with  M2.3  complete  (apparently  same  individual  as  MLP 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE 


63 


fcjrv'p 


L 


-L 


Fig.  51.  Eudolops  tetragonus  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  498  (Casamayoran).  Stereopairs  of 
MACN  10334  (type  of  Propolymastodon  caroli-ameghinoi),  greater  part  of  a  left  mandibular 
ramus  with  P,-M:,  complete:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  20  mm. 


59-11-28-79);  MLP  77-VI-14-5,  a  fragment  of  a  right  maxillary  with  P'-M2  com- 
plete. 

Horizon  and  Locality.  —  All  specimens  are  from  Casamayoran  beds  in  Chubut 
Province,  Patagonia,  southern  Argentina;  AMNH  28430  is  from  Bahia  Solano 
and  was  collected  by  members  of  the  Scarritt  Expedition  in  1931;  AMNH  28435 
is  from  Cerro  Blanco  and  was  collected  by  members  of  the  Scarritt  Expedition  in 
1930;  AMNH  28437  is  from  the  Barranca  south  of  Lago  Colhue-Huapi  and  was 
collected  by  members  of  the  Scarritt  Expedition  in  1930;  MACN  10333,  10334, 
10340a,  10340b,  and  10358  are  without  specific  locality  data,  but  are  probably 


64 


FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 


Fig.  52.  Eudolops  tetragonus  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  498  (Casamayoran).  Stereopairs  of 
MACN  10333  (type  of  Propolymastodon  cardatus),  part  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with 
M,.2:  a,  labial;  b,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  10  mm. 


from  the  Barranca  south  of  Lago  Colhue-Huapi  and  were  collected  by  Carlos 
Ameghino;  MLP  59-11-28-79  and  59-11-28-80  were  collected  by  MLP  personnel 
from  Aguada  de  Batistin,  Laguna  de  La  Bombilla,  Paso  de  Indios,  Proximo  a 
casa  de  Porfirio  Calfo  (they  are  from  the  "tobas  rosadas,"  from  the  same  level  as 
Oxybunotherium  praecursor  and  are  thus  of  upper  Casamayoran  age,  see  Pascual, 
1965,  p.  59);  MLP  77-VI-14-5  was  collected  by  H.  Herrera  from  the  Barranca 
south  of  Lago  Colhue-Huapi. 

Age.  —  Casamayoran. 

Revised  Diagnosis.  —  Differs  from  Eudolops  hernandezi  in  that  known  compa- 
rable (in  some  cases  average)  linear  tooth  dimensions  are  smaller  by  the  fol- 
lowing percentages:  M1  L  14%,  M2  L  27%,  M2  W  12%,  M3  L  30%,  M3  W  12%  (M1 
W  about  same  in  both  species);  anterior  end  of  M1  proportionately  smaller  in 
occlusal  view,  compared  with  posterior  end,  than  occurs  in  E.  hernandezi;  M3 
with  four  distinct  labial  cusps  (compared  with  five  in  £.  hernandezi)  and  pro- 
portionately shorter  (L/W  =  1.16)  than  in  E.  hernandezi  (L/W  =  1.47). 

Comments.  —  Eudolops  tetragonus  was  founded  by  Ameghino  (1897,  p.  498)  on 
an  isolated  right  M1  (MACN  10358).  The  lingual  side  of  the  tooth  is  deeply 
eroded  by  occlusal  wear  and  the  posterolabial  corner  is  now  missing.  This 
breakage  almost  certainly  resulted  after  this  tooth  was  figured  in  occlusal  and 
labial  views  by  Ameghino  (1897,  fig.  74),  since  there  is  no  indication  of  break- 
age in  that  illustration;  the  other  coronal  features,  including  the  deeply  eroded 
lingual  wear  basin,  are  precisely  indicated.  As  pointed  out  by  Ameghino,  this 
tooth  is  easily  distinguished  from  those  of  Polydolops  by  its  greater  size,  smaller 
crown  area  over  the  anterolingual  root  than  over  the  posterolingual  root,  only 
four  distinct  cusps  labial  to  the  basin  (instead  of  six),  and  a  lack  of  accessory 
stylar  cuspules  labial  to  these. 

Ameghino  (ibid.)  believed  the  type  to  be  an  M1  (his  Mr>).  Simpson  (1948,  p. 
67)  compared  the  type  with  a  left  maxillary  fragment  with  M1"3  (AMNH  28932), 
which  he  tentatively  referred  to  E.  tetragonus.  He  concluded  that  the  type  com- 
pared most  closely  with  the  M2  (his  M3)  of  AMNH  28932  and  regarded  it  as  such. 
In  this  study  (see  p.  70),  I  recognize  AMNH  28932  as  the  type  of  a  new  species  of 
Eudolops  and  the  type  of  E.  tetragonus  as  an  M1. 

The  identity  of  the  type  of  E.  tetragonus  as  an  M1  or  M2  became  clear  after  it 
was  compared  with  MLP  77-VI-14-5,  a  right  maxillary  fragment  with  P2-M2, 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEM ATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE 


65 


collected  in  1977  by  Senorita  Hebe  Herrera  from  Casamayoran  beds  at  the  Bar- 
ranca south  of  Lago  Colhue-Huapi.  The  type  of  E.  tetragonus  is  slightly  wider 
than  the  M1  in  MLP  77-VI-14-5  (see  Appendix  9),  but  these  teeth  are  otherwise 
identical  in  length  and  in  all  comparable  aspects  of  crown  morphology.  The  M1 
of  MLP  77- VI-14-5  is  less  worn  and  retains  more  details  of  crown  morphology 
than  the  type.  In  MLP  77-VI-14-5  and  the  type  (see  Ameghino,  1897,  fig.  74), 
there  are  four  primary  cusps  along  the  labial  edge  of  the  tooth  and  a  fifth  cusp 
between  and  immediately  lingual  to  the  posterior  two  of  these.  Along  the  lin- 


b 


Fig.  53.  Eudolops  tetragonus  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  498  (Casamayoran).  Stereopairs  of 
MACN  10340a  (type  of  Promysops  acuminatus),  anterior  part  of  an  edentulous  right  man- 
dibular ramus  with  alveoli  of  two  small  incisors  and  C,  part  of  diastema  and  alveoli  of  P:t, 
and  anterior  alveolus  of  M,:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal  views.  Scale  =  15  mm. 


66 


FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 


Fig.  54.  Eudolops  tetragonus  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  498  (Casamayoran).  MACN  10358 
(type),  an  isolated  right  M'  missing  posterolabial  corner:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual 
views.  Scale  =  5  mm. 

gual  side  of  the  M1  in  MLP  77- VI-14 -5  there  is  one  large  cusp  on  the  crown 
surface  above  the  anterolingual  root  and  three  cusps  in  a  row  on  the  crown 
surface  above  the  posterolingual  root  (the  most  posterior  of  these  is  smaller  than 
the  two  anterior,  which  are  subequal  in  size).  The  type  of  E.  tetragonus  differs 
from  the  M2  of  MLP  77- VI-14 -5  in  being  distinctly  shorter  (see  Appendix  9)  and 
in  its  anterior  half  being  distinctly  wider  than  the  posterior  half  (in  the  M's  the 
anterior  half  is  narrower  than  the  posterior). 

Simpson  (1948,  p.  68)  referred  an  isolated,  unworn  right  M1  (AMNH  28430)  to 
Eudolops  sp.  This  specimen  is  virtually  identical  in  size  to  MACN  10358  and  the 
M1  of  MLP  77- VI-14 -5  (see  Appendix  9).  In  view  of  the  size  similarity  and 
agreement  in  general  coronal  morphology  with  these  specimens,  I  here  refer 
AMNH  28430  to  E.  tetragonus.  There  are,  however,  two  minor  differences  in 
cusp  structure  between  MLP  77-VI-14-5  and  AMNH  28430  which  require  men- 
tion, although  I  choose  to  attribute  these  differences  to  individual  variation.  In 
AMNH  28430,  an  additional  small  cuspule  occurs  between  the  second  and  third 
large  labial  cusp  and  two  distinct  cusps  occur  on  the  crown  above  the  anterolin- 
gual root,  rather  than  one  as  in  MLP  77- VI-14 -5.  The  latter  feature  may  be 
attributed,  at  least  in  part,  to  the  differences  in  occlusal  wear  between  these 
specimens,  as  MLP  77- VI-14 -5  shows  some  wear  while  AMNH  28430  is  un- 
worn. Along  the  lingualmost  surface  of  the  crown  above  the  anterolingual  root 
of  the  MLP  specimen,  there  occurs  a  slight  vertical  depression  which  suggests 


i_j i i   i   i 


Fig.  55.  Eudolops  tetragonus  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  498  (Casamayoran).  Stereopairs  of 
MACN  10358  (type),  an  isolated  right  M1  missing  posterolabial  corner:  a,  labial;  b, 
occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  5  mm. 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE 


67 


Fig.  56.  Eudolops  tetragonus  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  498  (Casamayoran).  MACN  10340b,  a 
fragment  of  a  left  maxillary  with  a  complete  M1:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views. 
Scale  =  4  mm. 


that  two  cusps  were  originally  present  but  have  been  lost  as  a  result  of  occlusal 
wear.  The  single  anterolingual  cusp  in  MLP  77-VI-14-5  may  thus  represent  the 
basally  fused  crowns  of  two  once-distinct  cusps. 

The  M1  of  £.  tetragonus  is  represented  by  two  referred  specimens.  MACN 
10340b,  a  fragment  of  a  left  maxillary  with  a  complete  M',  was  figured  by 
Ameghino  (1903,  figs.  7,  44;  1906,  fig.  208)  as  an  "[u]ltima  muela  inferior  del 
lado  izquierdo,"  and  was  referred  to  Promysops  acuminatus  Ameghino  (1902b, 
p.  36),  a  species  founded  on  the  basis  of  an  edentulous  lower  jaw  fragment. 
MACN  10340b  is  virtually  identical  in  size  and  structure  to  the  second  referred 
specimen,  AMNH  28437,  an  isolated  right  M:l.  Both  specimens  are  distin- 
guished by  two  large  cusps  along  the  anterolabial  and  anterolingual  sides  of  the 
crown  and  the  presence  of  two  small  cusps  along  the  anterolabial  edge.  The 
anterior  part  of  the  M'  is  much  broader  than  the  posterior. 

My  criteria  for  assigning  these  isolated  M:is  to  E.  tetragonus  are  as  follows:  1) 
they  are  of  the  size  expected  for  the  M1  of  this  species,  as  evidenced  from 
structure  and  size  of  the  M;)  and  M2;  and  2)  they  have  a  well-developed  basin 
with  moderately  wrinkled  enamel  and  well-developed  marginal  cusps  (at  least 
anterolabially  and  anterolingually),  as  do  M1"2.  Of  less  yet  notable  significance  is 
the  fact  that  the  species  to  which  MACN  10340b  was  originally  referred  by 
Ameghino,  P.  acuminatus,  is  for  reasons  given  below  also  referred  to  £.  tet- 
ragonus. 


Fig.  57.  Eudolops  tetragonus  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  498  (Casamayoran).  Stereopairs  of 
MACN  10340b,  a  fragment  of  a  left  maxillary  with  a  complete  M1:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c, 
lingual  views.  Scale  =  5  mm. 


68 


FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 


The  P8  and  P8  of  £.  tetragonus  are  known  only  in  MLP  77- VI-14 -5.  Both  teeth 
are  well-developed,  two-rooted  anteroposteriorly  elongated  blades  in  which  the 
cutting  edges  are  sharp  but  unserrated.  Both  have  broad  but  weak  medial  ribs 
along  the  labial  and  lingual  surfaces,  which  extend  from  the  base  of  the  tooth  to 
the  tip  of  the  crown.  The  posterolingual  corners  of  both  are  swollen  internally, 
more  so  in  P!  than  in  F2.  The  P2  is  narrower  than  the  P5  and  has  a  small  but 
distinct  anterobasal  cuspule  not  present  in  the  P1. 

The  lower  dentitions  of  E.  tetragonus  are  represented  by  the  types  of  Pro- 
mysops  acuminatus  Ameghino,  1902b,  p.  36  (MACN  10340a),  Propolymastodon 
caroli-ameghinoi  Ameghino,  1903,  p.  100  (MACN  10334),  Propolymastodon  car- 
datus  Ameghino,  1903,  p.  105  (MACN  10333),  and  by  three  additional  referred 
specimens  (AMNH  28435,  MLP  59-11-28-79,  MLP  59-11-28-80).  I  will  first  dis- 
cuss reasons  for  recognizing  P.  acuminatus,  P.  caroli-ameghinoi,  and  P.  cardatus 
as  synonymous,  and  will  then  present  justification  for  regarding  the  types  of 
these  species  and  the  referred  specimens  as  the  lower  dentition  of  E.  tetragonus. 

Promysops  acuminatus  Ameghino  (1902b,  p.  36)  was  founded  on  an  edentu- 
lous fragment  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  (MACN  10340a)  with  the  alveoli  of 
three  antepremolar  teeth,  alveoli  of  P2,  and  anterior  alveolus  of  M,.  The  labial- 


Fig.  58.  Eudolops  tetragonus  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  498  (Casamayoran).  MLP  77-VI-14-5,  a 
fragment  of  a  right  maxillary  with  P^-M2  complete:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views. 
Scale  =  10  mm. 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEM ATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE 


69 


Fig.  59.  Eudolops  tetragonus  Ameghino,  1897,  p.  498  (Casamayoran).  Stereopairs  of  MLP 
77-VI-14-5,  a  fragment  of  a  right  maxillary  with  F-M2  complete:  a,  labial;  b,  lingual 
views.  Scale  =  10  mm. 


most  of  the  three  antepremolar  teeth  is  very  large;  the  two  lingual  ones  are  very 
small  and  are  set  one  above  the  other.  This  arrangement  in  relative  size  and 
placement  of  the  antepremolar  teeth  is  identical  to  that  seen  in  Epidolops 
ameghinoi  (see  p.  76).  Assuming  these  teeth  to  be  homologous  in  the  two 
species,  then  the  large  labial  alveolus  in  MACN  10340a  can  be  regarded  as  a 
canine  and  the  two  smaller  lingual  ones  as  incisors.  The  diastema  is  sufficiently 
well  preserved  to  demonstrate  that  P,  and  Pj  were  absent.  The  posterior  edge  of 
the  mandibular  symphysis  extends  to  below  the  anteriormost  edge  of  the  P.,.  So 
far  as  comparable,  the  type  of  P.  acuminatus  agrees  well  with  that  of  P.  caroli- 
ameghinoi  (see  below);  these  species  are  regarded  as  synonymous. 

Ameghino  (1903,  figs.  7,  44;  1906,  fig.  208)  referred  a  second  specimen 
(MACN  10340b)  to  P.  acuminatus;  he  discussed  and  figured  it  as  an  "[u]ltima 
muela  inferior  del  lado  izquierdo."  This  specimen  is,  as  noted  above,  a  frag- 
ment of  a  left  maxillary  with  a  complete  VP,  referrable  to  E.  tetragonus. 

Propolymastodon  caroli-ameghinoi  was  erected  by  Ameghino  (1903,  p.  100)  on 
the  greater  part  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  (MACN  10334)  with  the  roots  of  two 
antepremolar  teeth,  P.j-M.{  complete,  and  a  supposedly  associated  but  isolated 
right  lower  "incisor".  As  seen  in  Ameghino's  illustration  (1903,  fig.  19),  the 
broken  anterior  edge  of  the  mandibular  ramus  preserves  the  root  of  a  single- 
rooted  tooth  lingually  and  the  alveolus  of  another  single-rooted  tooth  im- 
mediately labial  to  it.  The  symphysis  of  MACN  10334  is  broken  further  pos- 
teriorly than  occurs  in  the  type  of  P.  acuminatus  (MACN  10340a).  By  extrapola- 
tion posterior  to  the  alveoli  in  MACN  10340a,  the  two  teeth  in  MACN  10334  can 
be  interpreted  to  represent  the  posterior  edge  of  the  canine  on  the  labial  side 
and  the  lower  of  the  two  incisors  on  the  lingual  side.  The  upper  of  the  two 
incisors  as  preserved  in  MACN  10340a  is  thus  not  preserved  in  MACN  10334. 


70  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

The  isolated  lower  right  procumbent  tooth  was  interpreted  to  be  an  incisor  by 
Ameghino  and  was  figured  by  him  (e.g.,  1903,  fig.  22)  in  four  views.  I  could  not 
locate  this  tooth  in  the  Ameghino  Collection,  although  Ameghino's  figures  are 
adequate  for  comparative  purposes.  The  crown  of  the  tooth  is  slightly  concave 
lingually,  with  a  distinct  wear  surface  dorsolingually;  enamel  occurs  only  along 
the  labial  and  ventral  surfaces.  The  tooth  is  larger  than  but  structurally  similar  to 
the  canine  of  £.  ameghinoi  and,  assuming  that  this  tooth  is  indeed  referrable  to 
the  same  species  as  the  left  jaw  of  P.  caroli- ameghinoi ,  it  may  be  regarded  as  a 
lower  canine  of  £.  tetragonus. 

As  seen  in  MACN  10334,  the  P(  is  a  well-developed  (but  not  large  compared 
with  other  polydolopids),  two-rooted  blade  with  a  distinct  rib  on  the  mediola- 
bial  and  mediolingual  surface.  The  cutting  edge  is  sharp  and  weakly  serrated. 
The  molars  are  subequal  in  size,  both  in  length  and  width,  and  the  enamel  in 
the  basins  is  moderately  wrinkled.  The  trigonid  of  the  M,  is  well  elevated  above 
the  rest  of  the  molar  row  and  bladelike,  with  a  weakly  serrated  cutting  edge  as 
in  the  P;!.  The  M,  talonid  has  four  distinct  cusps  labially  (the  first  is  very  small, 
the  third  is  larger,  and  the  second  and  fourth  are  largest  and  subequal  in  size) 
and  three  cusps  lingually  (the  first  and  second  are  very  large  and  fused  basally, 
giving  the  appearance  of  a  single  large  cusp).  The  M2  and  M:3  each  has  four  large 
cusps  labially  and  three  lingually. 

Propolymastodon  cardatus  was  erected  by  Ameghino  (1903,  p.  105)  on  a  frag- 
ment of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  (MACN  10333)  with  P;i-M2.  This  specimen  was 
described  and  figured  by  Ameghino  (e.g.,  1903,  fig.  23)  as  having  the  P3, 
although  this  tooth  is  now  missing,  as  I  could  not  locate  it  in  the  Ameghino 
Collection.  The  description  of  the  P:i  given  by  Ameghino  and  my  personal  study 
of  the  Mj.2,  which  are  still  preserved,  reveal  that  in  size  (Appendix  9)  and 
structure  these  teeth  are  virtually  indistinguishable  from  the  type  of  P.  caroli- 
ameghinoi  (MACN  10334).  The  only  discernable  differences  are  the  slightly 
smaller  M2  in  MACN  10333  and  the  slightly  larger  third  cusp  on  the  labial  side  of 
the  M,  talonid  in  MACN  10334.  Thus,  the  types  of  P.  acuminatus,  P.  caroli- 
ameghinoi,  and  P.  cardatus  are  of  one  and  the  same  species  and  are  here  regarded 
as  synonymous. 

Association  of  the  lower  dentitions  for  which  the  name  of  P.  acuminatus  has 
priority  and  the  upper  dentitions  for  which  the  name  E.  tetragonus  has  priority 
is  based  on  their  similarity  in  size  and  complementarity  in  structure.  These 
similarities  are  readily  seen  on  comparing  MACN  10334  (Pj-M3)  with  MLP 
77- VI- 14-5  (P2-M2).  The  premolars  are  similar  in  structure  and,  although  well 
developed,  are  not  large  in  comparison  with  other  polydolopids.  The  upper  and 
lower  molars  are  characterized  by  being  deeply  basined  with  moderately  wrin- 
kled enamel,  with  large  cusps  along  the  labial  and  lingual  sides  of  the  basins. 
Lastly  and  most  convincingly,  when  comparison  is  made  of  complementary 
structures  and  wear  facets,  these  dentitions  can  be  demonstrated  to  occlude 
almost  perfectly.  For  these  reasons  I  recognize  Promysops  acuminatus,  Pro- 
polymastodon caroli- ameghinoi ,  and  Propolymastodon  cardatus  as  subjective 
junior  synonyms  of  Eudolops  tetragonus. 

Eudolops  hernandezi  sp.  nov.  Figures  60-61;  Appendix  9. 
?Eudolops  tetragonus  Simpson,  1948,  p.  67,  pi.  7,  fig.  3. 
Etymology.  — hernandezi,  named  in  honor  of  Justino  Hernandez  who,  as  a 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEM ATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE 


71 


Fig.  60.  Eudolops  hernandezi  sp.  nov.  (Casamayoran).  AMNH  28932  (type),  a  fragment 
of  a  left  maxillary  with  worn  M13:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  10  mm. 


member  of  the  Scarritt  Expedition  to  Patagonia  in  1933,  collected  the  specimen. 

Type.  —  AMNH  28932,  a  fragment  of  a  left  maxillary  with  worn  M1'3  (figured 
by  Simpson,  1948,  pi.  7,  fig.  3). 

Hypodigm.  —  Type  only. 

Horizon  and  Locality.  —  Rinconada  de  Los  Lopez,  north-northeast  of  Tapera 
de  Lopez,  Chubut  Province,  Patagonia,  southern  Argentina. 


72 


FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 


Age.  —  Casamayoran. 

Diagnosis.  —  Largest  known  species  of  Casamayoran  Polydolopidae;  differs 
from  E.  tetragonus  in  comparable  (in  some  cases  average)  linear  tooth  di- 
mensions, being  larger  by  the  following  percentages:  M1  L  14%,  M2  L  27%,  M2 
W  12%,  M3  L  30%,  M3  W  12%  (M1  W  is  about  the  same  in  both  species);  anterior 
end  of  M1  proportionately  larger  in  occlusal  view  relative  to  posterior  end  than 
in  E.  tetragonus;  M3  with  five  distinct  labial  cusps  (four  in  E.  tetragonus)  and 
proportionately  longer  (L/W  =  1.47)  than  in  E.  tetragonus  (L/W  =  1.16). 

Comments.  —  The  type  of  Eudolops  hernandezi  (AMNH  28932)  was  tentatively 
referred  by  Simpson  (1948,  p.  67)  to  Eudolops  tetragonus.  Based  on  comparison 
with  AMNH  28932,  Simpson  regarded  the  type  of  E.  tetragonus  (MACN  10358) 
as  an  M2  (his  M3),  although  I  have  attempted  to  demonstrate  elsewhere  (see  p. 
64)  that  the  type  is  an  M1. 

The  type  of  E.  hernandezi  differs  from  the  type  and  referred  specimens  of  E. 
tetragonus  as  follows:  1)  most  comparable  linear  tooth  dimensions  are  larger  (see 
diagnosis  above);  2)  the  anterior  end  of  the  M1  is  proportionately  larger  in 
occlusal  view  than  the  posterior  relative  to  E.  tetragonus;  3)  the  M3  has  five 
distinct  labial  cusps  compared  with  four  in  E.  tetragonus;  and  4)  the  M3  is 
absolutely  and  relatively  longer  than  in  E.  tetragonus.  The  M1  of  E.  hernandezi 


Fig.  61.  Eudolops  hernandezi  sp.  nov.  (Casamayoran).  Stereopairs  of  AMNH  28932 
(type),  a  fragment  of  a  left  maxillary  with  worn  M1'3:  a,  labial,  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views. 
Scale  =  20  mm. 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE  73 

also  has  a  cuspule  between  the  second  and  third  large  cusps  along  the  labial  side 
of  the  tooth,  while  in  E.  tetragonus  a  cusp  in  this  position  is  known  only  in  a 
single  specimen  (AMNH  28430). 

The  phylogenetic  relationship  of  £.  tetragonus  and  E.  hernandezi  is  subject  to 
debate.  The  type  of  E.  hernandezi  is  the  only  specimen  of  Eudolops  known  from 
the  Casamayoran  beds  at  Rinconada  de  Los  Lopez.  Although  all  specimens  of  E. 
tetragonus  are  also  from  beds  of  Casamayoran  age,  they  are  from  different  lo- 
calities than  that  of  E.  hernandezi.  Specimens  referred  to  Polydolops  thomasi  are 
known  from  the  same  localities  as  E.  tetragonus  as  well  as  from  the  Rinconada  de 
Los  Lopez,  suggesting  a  similar  age  for  each  of  these  local  faunas.  The  possibil- 
ity nevertheless  exists  that  the  Casamayoran  local  fauna  from  the  Rinconada  de 
Los  Lopez  is  slightly  later  than  local  faunas  from  the  other  Casamayoran  beds 
which  have  yielded  specimens  of  E.  tetragonus.  This  being  the  case,  E.  hernan- 
dezi could  represent  a  slightly  larger  descendant  of  a  population  of  E.  tetragonus. 
This  suggested  relationship,  however,  is  only  speculative;  it  has  not  been,  and 
based  on  present  evidence  cannot  be,  demonstrated  that  such  a  time  difference 
exists  between  these  local  faunas.  It  is  more  appropriate  to  recognize  the  more 
likely  existence  of  two  contemporaneous  and  possibly  competitively  exclusive 
species  of  Eudolops  during  Casamayoran  time  in  Patagonia.  E.  hernandezi  is 
apparently  the  more  derived  of  the  two  and  may  be  regarded  as  having  evolved 
from  an  ancestral  form  morphologically  similar  or  even  identical  to  E.  te- 
tragonus. 

Subfamily  EPIDOLOPINAE  Pascual  &  Bond,  1981,  p.  483. 

Diagnosis.  —  Polydolopids  of  medium  size;  dental  formula  %,  C},  Pj^,  Mj; 
molars  quadritubercular,  sectorial  blades  P/P:{;  I1'3  present  but  very  reduced, 
single  rooted,  apparently  proodont;  I,  large,  I2  very  reduced  (both  procumbent); 
upper  and  lower  C  large,  single  rooted,  semiprocumbent;  PI  sometimes  absent, 
when  present  small,  vestigial,  single  (rarely  double)  rooted  [P1  and  V1  are  dou- 
ble rooted  in  MNRJ  2879-V]  with  crown  tilting  toward  C,  separated  from  C  by 
short  diastema  and  from  P2  by  long  diastema;  P2  very  small,  single  or  double 
rooted,  crown  without  cusps,  flattened,  irregularly  oval  in  outline;  P3  with  axis 
of  tooth  set  at  about  30°  angle  relative  to  axis  of  molar  series;  P'1  very  large  blade 
with  one  or  two  narrow  ribs  along  anterolabial  and  anterolingualmost  edges, 
dorsal  and  dorsoposterior  edge  of  blades  strongly  serrated;  P;1  very  large  blade 
with  distinct  but  narrow  rib  extending  from  anterior  edge  of  posterior  root  to 
tip  of  crown  on  labial  side,  a  very  narrow,  faint  rib  occurring  along  anterolin- 
gual  edge,  blade  edge  strongly  serrated;  upper  and  lower  molars  bunolopho- 
dont  with  weak  lophs  connecting  primary  labial  and  lingual  cusps,  basins  shal- 
low with  very  lightly  wrinkled  enamel,  molars  decreasing  rapidly  in  size  from 
M1  to  M4  and  from  M2  to  M4;  M'"3  with  two  primary  lingual  cusps,  two  primary 
labial  cusps,  and  two  somewhat  smaller  cusps  between  these  but  set  closer  to 
labial  primary  cusps;  M1*8  with  three  distinct  roots,  two  labial  ones  unequal  in 
size,  lingual  one  enormous  and  as  wide  as  combined  width  of  two  labial  roots; 
M1  with  distinct  but  narrow  stylar  shelf;  M2  similar  in  structure  to  M1  but  stylar 
shelf  either  absent  or  only  a  hint  of  its  presence;  M2  smaller  than  M1 ,  posterior 
edge  narrower  than  anterior  (posterolabial  primary  cusp  more  reduced  than  in 
M1  but  still  well  developed);  M3  similar  to  M1"2  but  much  smaller,  posterior  edge 
very  narrow,  posterolabial  and  posterolingual  cusps  very  reduced,  no  trace  of 


74  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

stylar  shelf;  M4  very  reduced,  oval  in  occlusal  view,  single  rooted;  lingual  edges 
of  M,.3  trigonids  weakly  serrated;  M,  trigonid  elevated  above  rest  of  molar  series 
but  not  modified  into  blade  (labial  and  lingual  trigonid  cusps  distinct),  antero- 
labial  cingular  shelf  weakly  developed;  M2  trigonid  somewhat  elevated  above 
talonid  but  not  to  degree  seen  in  M,;  M,  greatly  reduced  in  size,  single  rooted, 
oval  in  occlusal  view,  only  hint  of  distinction  between  two  primary  labial  cusps, 
lingual  cusps  indistinct. 
Known  Range.  —  Riochican  of  Patagonia,  southern  Argentina,  and  Brazil. 

Epidolops  Paula  Couto,  1952 
Epidolops  Paula  Couto,  1952,  p.  7. 

Type.  — E.  ameghinoi  Paula  Couto,  1952,  p.  7. 

Revised  Diagnosis.  —  As  for  the  subfamily  Epidolopinae. 

Known  Range.  —  Riochican  of  Argentina  and  Brazil. 

Comments.  —  Undoubted  epidolopines,  apparently  representatives  of  the 
genus  Epidolops,  have  been  found  in  a  new  Riochican  locality  in  the  "Banco 
Negro  Inferior"  at  the  east  end  of  the  Barranca  south  of  Lago  Colhue-Huapi, 
Chubut  Province,  Patagonia,  southern  Argentina  (Pascual  &  Bond,  1981,  p. 
483).  These  specimens,  now  being  catalogued  into  the  MLP  collections,  were 
collected  by  use  of  screen  washing  techniques  by  Robert  F.  Butler,  Malcolm  C. 
McKenna,  William  D.  Turnbull,  and  L.  G.  Marshall  during  January  and  Febru- 
ary 1979. 

Epidolops  ameghinoi  Paula  Couto,  1952.  Figures  62-68;  Appendices  10-12. 

Epidolops  ameghinoi  Paula  Couto,  1952,  p.  7,  figs.  1-4,  5A,  6A,  7A;  1961,  p.  324,  figs.  1-6; 

1970,  p.  19. 
Epidolops  gracilis  Paula  Couto,  1952,  p.  10;  1961,  p.  328,  fig.  7. 

Type  of  E.  ameghinoi.  —  DGM  321-M,  a  nearly  complete  but  much  crushed 
and  flattened  skull,  lacking  posterior  part  of  braincase,  part  of  basisphenoid, 
and  anterior  end  of  premaxillae,  with  left  P2-M2  and  right  P'-M2  complete  and 
alveoli  of  left  and  right  C  and  M5 "*  and  left  P2;  an  associated  mandible  lacking 
only  anterior  end  of  incisor  border,  with  right  I,^,  left  C,  and  left  and  right 
P2-M3  complete  and  alveoli  of  Mj  (skull  and/or  upper  dentition  are  figured  by 
Paula  Couto,  1952,  figs.  1,  2;  1961,  figs.  1,  2;  mandible  and/or  lower  dentition 
are  figured  by  Paula  Couto,  1952,  figs.  2,  3,  5A,  6A,  7A;  1961,  figs.  3,  4,  5). 

Type  of  E.  gracilis.  —  DGM  188-M,  a  fragment  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus 
with  P2-M3  and  alveoli  of  M4  (figured  by  Paula  Couto,  1961,  fig.  7). 

Hypodigm.  —  The  two  types  and  AMNH  49806  (  =  MNRJ  1346-V),  a  frag- 
ment of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  roots  of  P2  and  with  P;i  complete;  AMNH 
49807  (  =  MNRJ  1375 -V),  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  M,.2 
complete  and  alveoli  of  M3.4;  AMNH  49808  (  =  MNRJ  1379-V),  a  fragment  of  a 
right  mandibular  ramus  with  root  of  C,  P2-M2  complete  and  alveoli  of  M3.4; 
AMNH  49809  (  =  MNRJ  1380 -V),  a  fragment  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with 
alveoli  of  C  and  M3.4,  and  P2-M2  complete;  AMNH  49810  (  =  MNRJ  1391-V),  a 
fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  alveoli  of  C,  and  P2.3  complete; 
AMNH  49811  (  =  MNRJ  1393 -V),  a  fragment  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with 
P2  and  M,.2  complete  and  P3  missing  tip  of  crown;  AMNH  49812  (  =  MNRJ 
1412-V),  a  fragment  of  a  right  maxillary  with  F-M2  complete;  AMNH  49813 
(  =  MNRJ  1406-V),  a  fragment  of  a  left  maxillary  with  F-M1  complete;  AMNH 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE 


75 


49814  (  =  MNRJ  1404-V),  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  base  of 
M,,  M2  complete,  and  alveoli  of  M3;  AMNH  49860  (exchange  from  DGM  in 
1951),  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  alveoli  of  C-P;i  and  M3.4,  and  M,.2  com- 
plete; DGM  170-M,  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  alveoli  of  C-M,  and  M»,  and 
M2.3  complete;  DGM  171-M,  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  alveoli  of  I14,  C,  and 
Mi  and  with  P2-M3  complete;  DGM  172-M,  an  edentulous  right  mandibular 
ramus;  DGM  173-M,  a  fragment  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  M2  complete 
and  alveoli  of  P3-M,  and  M^_4;  DGM  174 -M,  a  fragment  of  a  right  mandibular 
ramus  with  P3-M3  complete  and  alveoli  of  M4;  DGM  175-M,  a  fragment  of  a 
right  mandibular  ramus  with  P3-M2  complete,  and  alveoli  of  M3.4;  DGM  176-M, 
a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  roots  of  P2,  and  with  P3-M3  complete;  DGM 
177-M,  a  fragment  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  roots  of  P2,  P3-M3  com- 
plete, and  roots  of  M4;  DGM  178-M,  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  roots  of  Ii-C 
and  M^,  and  with  P2-M2  complete  (figured  by  Paula  Couto,  1952,  fig.  4);  DGM 
179 -M,  a  fragment  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  P2-M3  complete  and 
alveoli  of  M4;  DGM  180-M,  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  M,.2 
complete  and  roots  of  M,3.4;  DGM  181-M,  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  alveoli 
of  I,-C  and  M3.4,  and  with  P2-M2  complete;  DGM  182-M,  a  fragment  of  a  left 
mandibular  ramus  with  roots  of  P2  and  M,.4/  and  P3  complete;  DGM  183-M,  a 
fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  P2-M2  complete  and  alveoli  of  M3.4; 
DGM  184-M,  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  P2-M2  complete  and  alveoli  of 


Fig.  62.  Epidolops  ameghinoi  Paula  Couto,  1952,  p.  7  (Riochican).  Stereopairs  of  DGM 
321-M  (type),  a  nearly  complete  but  much  flattened  skull,  lacking  posterior  part  of  brain- 
case,  part  of  basisphenoid  and  anterior  end  of  premaxillae,  with  left  F-M2  and  right 
F-M2  complete,  and  alveoli  of  left  and  right  C,  M3"4,  and  left  P2:  occlusal  view.  Scale  =  30 
mm. 


Fig.  63.  Epidolops  ameghinoi  Paula  Couto,  1952,  p.  7  (Riochican).  Stereopairs  of  DGM 
321-M  (type),  a  nearly  complete  mandible  lacking  only  anterior  end  of  incisor  region, 
with  right  I,.2/  left  C,  and  left  and  right  P2-M;i  present,  and  with  alveoli  of  IVL.:  a,  occlusal; 
b,  right  lateral  views.  Scale  =  20  mm. 


76 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEM ATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE 


77 


M3.4;  DGM  185-M,  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  roots  of  M,.4; 
DGM  187-M,  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  alveoli  of  C-P3  and 
M^,  and  M,.2  complete;  DGM  189-M,  an  edentulous  right  mandibular  ramus; 
DGM  190-M,  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  roots  of  I,— P2  and  M3.4, 
and  with  P3-M2  complete;  DGM  191-M,  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus 
with  P2-M,  complete  and  roots  of  M2.4;  DGM  192-M,  a  fragment  of  a  right 
mandibular  ramus  with  alveoli  of  M,.4;  DGM  193-M,  a  fragment  of  a  right 
mandibular  ramus  with  M,.2  complete  and  alveoli  of  M3.4;  DGM  194-M,  an 
edentulous  right  mandibular  ramus;  DGM  195-M,  a  fragment  of  a  left  man- 
dibular ramus  with  alveoli  of  M,.4;  DGM  196-M,  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular 
ramus  with  P3-M2  complete  and  alveoli  of  M:{.4;  DGM  197-M,  a  fragment  of  a  left 
mandibular  ramus  with  M2.3  complete  and  alveoli  of  Mj;  DGM  198-M,  a  frag- 
ment of  a  left  maxillary  with  PMvF  complete;  DGM  199-M,  a  fragment  of  a  right 
maxillary  with  P-M2  complete;  DGM  200-M,  a  fragment  of  a  right  maxillary 
with  P  complete  and  alveoli  of  P2  and  M1"2;  DGM  201-M,  a  fragment  of  a  right 
maxillary  with  P;  DGM  202-M,  a  fragment  of  a  left  maxillary  with  part  of  P; 
DGM  203-M,  a  fragment  of  a  left  maxillary  with  P^-M3  complete;  DGM  204-M, 
a  fragment  of  a  left  maxillary  with  P'-M3  complete;  DGM  205-M,  a  fragment  of  a 
left  maxillary  with  P-M1  complete  and  alveoli  of  M2;  DGM  206-M,  a  fragment 
of  a  left  maxillary  with  M1"3  complete  and  alveoli  of  M4;  DGM  207-M,  a  fragment 
of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  alveoli  of  I,— P, ,  P2  present,  base  of  P3,  and 
alveoli  of  M,.2;  DGM  208-M,  a  fragment  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  M, 
and  M3  complete  and  roots  or  alveoli  of  P2.3,  M2  and  M*;  DGM  209-M,  an 
edentulous  fragment  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  alveoli  of  P2-M»;  DGM 
635-M,  a  left  maxillary  fragment  with  P2'3  and  alveoli  of  M1;  DGM  636-M,  a 
nearly  complete  left  mandibular  ramus  with  P2-M,  present,  and  alveoli  of  M2.4; 
DGM  637-M,  a  partial  right  mandibular  ramus  with  P3-M3  present,  and  alveoli 
of  P2  and  M,;  DGM  638 -M,  a  fragment  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  P3-M2 


Fig.  64.  Epidolops  ameghinoi  Paula  Couto,  1952,  p.  7  (Riochican).  Stereopairs  of  DGM 
898-M,  a  fragment  of  a  right  maxillary  with  alveoli  of  C,  P1  and  P-M4,  and  with  P2 
complete:  occlusal  view.  Scale  =  15  mm. 


'o  ^^ 

*  §  c 

*J  -C  "f 
E  v  JA 

b.2  a 

».w  o 

•S    ■  ^ 
-  a.* 

in  2  « 


3  CM 

3  <* 
r   1  "* 


U 


ft      'Si 

a 

g  « 
o  3 
o  to 

■s  ■a" 

?   3     . 

3  x  S 

3 .2  jy 

ja  |S  "<3 


78 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEM ATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE 


79 


present,  and  alveoli  of  M3.4;  DGM  639-M,  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus 
with  M,.;,  present  and  alveoli  of  M»;  DGM  640-M,  a  partial  left  mandibular 
ramus  with  M2  present  and  alveoli  of  P2-M,  and  M3.4;  DGM  641-M,  a  partial 
right  mandibular  ramus  with  M,.2  present  and  alveoli  of  M;1.4;  DGM  800-M,  a 
right  maxillary  fragment  with  F-M3  complete;  DGM  892-M,  a  right  mandibular 
ramus  with  alveoli  of  I,-C  and  M2.4,  and  P2-M,  complete;  DGM  893-M,  a  frag- 
ment of  a  left  maxillary  with  F2-M2  complete;  DGM  897-M,  a  fragment  of  a  right 
mandibular  ramus  with  M2.4  complete;  DGM  898-M,  a  fragment  of  a  right 
maxillary  with  alveoli  of  C  and  P',  P2  complete,  and  alveoli  of  P'-M4;  DGM 
899-M,  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  M2  complete  and  alveoli  of 
C-M,  and  M^;  DGM  900-M,  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  alveoli  of  C  and  P, , 
roots  of  P2,  P3-M2  complete,  and  alveoli  of  M3.4;  DGM  901-M,  a  right  mandibu- 
lar ramus  with  alveoli  of  P,.2/  P3-M2  complete,  and  alveoli  of  M3.4;  DGM  902-M, 
a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  P3  complete  and  roots  of  P,.2  and  M,.4;  DGM 
903-M,  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  alveoli  of  C-P2  and  M2.4,  and  P3-M, 
complete;  DGM  904 -M,  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  alveoli  of 
C-P3  and  with  M,.2  complete;  DGM  905-M,  a  fragment  of  a  right  mandibular 
ramus  with  P2-M2  complete;  DGM  906-M,  a  fragment  of  a  right  mandibular 
ramus  with  P2-M2  complete;  DGM  907-M,  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular 
ramus  with  M,.3  complete  and  roots  of  M^  DGM  908-M,  a  fragment  of  a  left 
mandibular  ramus  with  alveoli  of  C-Pt,  roots  of  P2,  and  with  P3  complete;  DGM 
909-M,  a  right  maxillary  fragment  with  M1'3  complete  and  alveoli  of  M4;  DGM 
910-M,  a  right  maxillary  fragment  with  P'-M1  complete  and  roots  of  M2"4;  DGM 
911-M,  a  right  maxillary  fragment  with  P-M2  complete;  DGM  912-M,  a  right 
maxillary  fragment  with  P2-MJ  complete  and  alveoli  of  M4;  DGM  913-M,  a  right 
maxillary  fragment  with  P2-M2  complete;  DGM  914-M,  a  right  maxillary  frag- 
ment with  alveoli  of  P2,  P3-M2  complete;  DGM  915-M,  a  left  maxillary  fragment 
with  P3-M'  complete  and  alveoli  of  M2;  DGM  916-M,  a  fragment  of  a  left  maxil- 


Fig.  66.  Epidolops  ameghinoi  Paula  Couto,  1952,  p.  7  (Riochican).  Stereopairs  of  MNRJ 
2492-V,  a  nearly  complete  right  mandibular  ramus  with  P2-M|  complete:  a,  labial;  b, 
occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  15  mm. 


Fig.  67.  Epidolops  ameghinoi  Paula  Couto,  1952,  p.  7  (Riochican).  DGM  800-M,  a  righ 
maxillary  fragment  with  F2-M3  complete:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual  views.  Scale  =  !l 


80 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE 


81 


lary  with  M2  "3  complete  and  alveoli  of  M4;  DGM  917-M,  a  fragment  of  a  left 
maxillary  with  roots  of  P1'2  and  alveoli  of  P3-M2;  DGM  918-M,  a  fragment  of  a 
left  maxillary  with  P2  and  M1"2  complete  and  P3  very  broken;  MNRJ  1373-V,  a 
fragment  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  M,.3  complete  and  alveoli  of  M4; 
MNRJ  1374-V,  a  fragment  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  M,_2  complete  and 
alveoli  of  M3.4;  MNRJ  1376-V,  a  fragment  of  a  right  edentulous  ramus  with 
alveoli  of  M,_4;  MNRJ  1378-V,  a  fragment  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  M,.;,; 
MNRJ  1381 -V,  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  P2-M2  complete  and  roots  of  M:».4; 
MNRJ  1383-V,  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  M,.;,  complete  and 
alveoli  of  M4;  MNRJ  1386-V,  a  fragment  of  an  edentulous  left  mandibular  ramus 
with  alveoli  of  M,.4;  MNRJ  1387-V,  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with 
roots  of  C-P3  and  M,_2  complete;  MNRJ  1388-V,  a  right  ramus  with  roots  and/or 
alveoli  of  C-M»;  MNRJ  1390-V,  a  fragment  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with 
alveoli  of  1,-C,  roots  of  P2  and  P:t  complete;  MNRJ  1392-V,  a  fragment  of  a  left 
mandibular  ramus  with  M,.2  complete  and  alveoli  of  M;,_4;  MNRJ  1394-V,  a 
fragment  of  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  M,.:,  complete  and  alveoli  of  M4; 
MNRJ  1400-V,  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  P2-M2  complete; 
MNRJ  1401-V,  a  fragment  of  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with  P2.:i  complete;  MNRJ 
1402-V,  a  fragment  of  an  edentulous  left  mandibular  ramus  with  alveoli  of  M,.4; 
MNRJ  1403-V,  a  fragment  of  an  edentulous  left  mandibular  ramus  with  alveoli 
of  M,.4;  MNRJ  1405-V,  a  fragment  of  an  edentulous  left  mandibular  ramus  with 
alveoli  of  M,.4  and  roots  of  P3;  MNRJ  1407-V,  a  fragment  of  a  right  maxillary  with 
P2-M2  complete;  MNRJ  1409-V,  a  left  maxillary  fragment  with  P2  and  M1'2  com- 
plete, and  roots  of  P3;  MNRJ  1410-V,  a  fragment  of  a  right  maxillary  with  P3-M' 


Fig.  68.  Epidolops  ameghinoi  Paula  Couto,  1952,  p.  7  (Riochican).  Stereopairs  of  DGM 
800-M,  a  right  maxillary  fragment  with  F-M3  complete:  a,  labial;  b,  occlusal;  c,  lingual 
views.  Scale  =  10  mm. 


82  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

complete;  MNRJ  1411-V,  a  fragment  of  a  right  maxillary  with  P!  complete  and 
alveoli  of  M1"2;  MNRJ  1415-V,  a  fragment  of  a  left  maxillary  with  M2;  MNRJ 
1416-V,  a  fragment  of  a  right  maxillary  with  M1"2;  MNRJ  1417-V,  a  fragment  of  a 
left  maxillary  with  P3  and  M2  (very  broken);  MNRJ  1418-V,  an  isolated  P3;  MNRJ 
1419 -V,  an  isolated  P3;  MNRJ  1420 -V,  an  isolated  P3;  MNRJ  1421-V,  an  isolated 
upper  M'  or  M2;  MNRJ  1422-V,  an  isolated  broken  upper  molar;  MNRJ  1423-V, 
two  isolated  molars;  MNRJ  2492-V,  a  nearly  complete  right  mandibular  ramus 
with  P2-M4  complete  (figured  by  Paula  Couto,  1961,  fig.  6);  MNRJ  2879-V,  a 
fragment  of  a  right  maxillary  with  alveoli  of  C-P2  and  M1"2,  and  with  P3  com- 
plete; MNRJ  2880-V,  a  right  mandibular  ramus  with  alveoli  of  Ii-Pi,  roots  of  P2/ 
P3-M3  complete  and  alveoli  of  M^;  MNRJ  2881-V,  a  left  mandibular  ramus  with 
alveoli  of  C-P],  roots  of  P2,  Pa-Ma  complete,  and  alveoli  of  M,. 

Horizon  and  Locality.  —  All  specimens  are  from  fissure  deposits  in  the 
Itaborai  Formation,  in  the  limestone  quarry  at  Sao  Jose  de  Itaborai,  northwest  of 
Niteroi,  the  capital  of  the  state  of  Rio  de  Janeiro,  and  on  approximately  the  same 
latitude  as  the  city  of  Rio  de  Janeiro,  Brazil  (Rodrigues  Francisco  &  de  Souza 
Cunha,  1978). 

Age.  —  Riochican. 

Revised  Diagnosis.  —  As  for  the  subfamily  Epidolopinae. 

Known  Range.  —  Riochican  of  Brazil. 

Comments.  —  The  larger  specimens  assigned  by  Paula  Couto  to  £.  ameghinoi 
generally  have  the  P,  present  and  the  P2  double  rooted.  In  contrast,  the  smaller 
forms  which  he  assigned  to  E.  gracilis  generally  have  the  P,  absent  and  the  P> 
single  rooted.  The  largest  variation  seen  in  the  sample  from  Itaborai  occurs  in 
length  and  width  of  P3  (Appendix  12),  with  CVs  ranging  between  10  and  13.  In 
linear  measurements  of  the  molars,  CVs  range  between  5  and  7,  and  in  some 
cases  the  sample  sizes  are  as  high  as  46.  The  characters  used  by  Paula  Couto 
(1952,  p.  11)  to  distinguish  E.  gracilis  from  E.  ameghinoi  lose  their  uniqueness 
upon  study  of  the  large  sample  of  Epidolops.  Intergrades  exist  for  all  the  "di- 
agnostic" features  used  to  separate  these  species.  All  evidence  thus  suggests 
that  the  sample  of  Epidolops  from  Itaborai  is  referrable  to  one  rather  homoge- 
neous species,  E.  ameghinoi. 


EVOLUTION  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE 

Members  of  the  extinct  South  American  marsupial  family  Polydolopidae  are 
known  in  South  America  from  beds  of  Riochican  (middle  to  late  Paleocene), 
Casamayoran  (early  Eocene),  and  Mustersan  (middle  Eocene)  age  in  Patagonia, 
southern  Argentina;  in  beds  of  Riochican  age  in  Brazil;  and  apparently  in  beds 
of  Deseadan  (early  Oligocene)  age  in  Bolivia.  Five  genera  and  13  species,  placed 
in  two  subfamilies,  are  recognized:  Epidolops  ameghinoi  in  the  Epidolopinae; 
and  Polydolops  clavulus,  P.  kamektsen,  P.  rothi,  P.  winecage,  P.  serra,  P.  thomasi, 
P.  mayoi,  Pseudolops  princeps,  Amphidolops  yapa,  A.  serrula,  Eudolops  tetragonus, 
and  E.  hernandezi  in  the  Polydolopinae.  A  specimen  from  beds  of  Deseadan  age 
in  Bolivia  is  tentatively  referred  to  Polydolops?  sp.  indet.  and  specimens  from 
beds  of  Eocene  age  on  Seymour  Island,  Antarctica,  are  tentatively  referred  to 
Polydolops  (Simon,  1982). 

Lower  dentitions  of  the  various  species  of  Polydolopidae  showing  relative 
size  and  proportions  of  teeth  are  compared  in  Figure  69,  and  upper  dentitions 
are  compared  in  Figure  70.  The  size  distribution  of  polydolopid  species  as 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE 

A  B  C 

P3     M,     M2      M3 


83 


Fig.  69.  Comparison  of  lower  dentitions  of  various  species  of  Polydolopidae  showing 
relative  size  and  proportions  of  teeth.  All  illustrations  are  drawn  to  same  scale.  A,  labial; 
B,  occlusal;  C,  lingual  views.  1,  Polydohps  mayoi;  2,  Eudolops  tetragonus;  3,  Polydolops 
thomasi;  4,  Amphidolops  serrula;  5,  Polydolops  winecage;  6  and  7,  Polydolops  serra;  8, 
Polydolops  rothi;  9,  Polydolops  kamektsen;  10  and  11,  Polydolops  clavulus;  and  12,  Epidolops 


indicated  by  the  relationship  of  length  versus  width  of  P:t  is  compared  in  Figure 
71,  length  of  P3  versus  length  of  M,  in  Figure  72,  and  length  versus  width  of  M2 
in  Figure  73.  These  plots  demonstrate  that  absolute  and/or  relative  size  is 
sufficient  to  differentiate  known  species,  especially  those  of  a  given  age  from 
the  same  geographic  area. 

A  summary  of  distribution  of  some  character  states  of  better-known  poly- 
dolopid  genera  is  presented  in  Appendix  13;  based  on  these  characters,  a 
cladogram  showing  the  probable  phylogenetic  relationships  of  Epidolops, 
Eudolops,  Amphidolops,  and  Polydolops  is  presented  in  Figure  74. 


roS.2 

3    in    Oi  S      > 
.2  .£  "-  "^ 


w    v.   00  rH 


•  -3    c    « 

O     o     <« 


3     «     O 


UJ     V- 


o  y 


«  3 

Oh  O 

o  « 

u  > 


—  <  J2j  £ 


ID.JjTj 


t/1  -3 

5  S 


35  -«    o 
|  re  'S. 


w 


<N 


0041  . 

c     <u    0) 
.h    01    G 


3  in 


uj 


c  ^ 
<3  s 


o  w 


»-  <=> 


p  =  :,  s- 


a   v«n  o 


T3 


2§ 


«  o  > 

^  g-n 

"5  £  £ 

■a  a« 


•^     Hi 


N    ^3 


s  = 


ft.  35 

"S   o   o  o 

—   — *  r- 

O     O  -~ 

TJ  ts  -3 


O  -s:  **   £  &*  Q.    a 


r      w      n    ^       Ifl         <0 


84 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE 


85 


The  criteria  employed  in  selection  of  the  morphocline  series  for  the  characters 
used  in  constructing  the  cladogram  in  Figure  74  are  as  follows  (see  Appendix  13 
and  summary  of  character  state  distribution  in  caption  to  Figure  74);  in  all  cases, 
the  ancestral  states  most  closely  approximate  those  inferred  to  have  existed  in 
ancestral  didelphoids  as  summarized  by  Reig,  Kirsch  &  Marshall  (in  prep): 

Character  1  —  The  general  trend  in  polydolopid  evolution  has  been  from  very  small 
to  very  large  size. 

Characters  2  (4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  15,  17,  24)  —  The  highest  dental  formula  known  in  any 
polydolopid  is  I§,  C\,  F^,  M$,  and  deviation  from  this  formula  has  involved  loss  or 
reduction  in  the  number  of  teeth,  a  condition  regarded  as  derived. 

Character  3  —  In  the  ancestral  polydolopid  the  sectorials  were  P'/P.,,  and  variations 
from  this  condition  to  include  V1  and/or  the  trigonid  of  M,  are  regarded  as  derived. 

Character  9  —  P2  in  ancestral  polydolopids  was  well  developed,  two  rooted, 
bladelike,  cutting  edge  not  serrated.  Derived  conditions  include  development  of  ser- 
rated edges  (Polydolops)  or  loss  (Amphidolops)  or  reduction  (Epidolops)  of  this  tooth. 

Character  10  —  P2  in  ancestral  polydolopid  is  a  well-developed,  two-rooted  blade, 
cutting  edge  not  serrated.  Variations  from  this  condition  are  regarded  as  derived. 

Character  11  —  P:1  in  ancestral  polydolopid  is  aligned  in  same  anteroposterior  axis  as 
molar  series. 

Characters  12,  13  —  M1  in  ancestral  polydolopid  is  quadritubercular  with  two  pri- 
mary labial  and  two  primary  lingual  cusps  and  two  smaller  cuspules  between  them, 
which  are  set  closer  to  primary  labial  cusps;  weak  loph  connects  primary  labial  and 
primary  lingual  cusps;  distinct  but  narrow  stylar  shelf.  Proliferation  of  cusps  in  some 
taxa,  especially  along  stylar  shelf,  is  regarded  as  derived. 


6H 
mm 


5- 


PoW 


4  - 


3- 


Polydolops 
mayoi 


Polydolops 
thomasi  (•) 


Polydolops 
serra 


Polydolops 
rothi 


Polydolops 
winecage 


Epidolops 
ameghinoi  (♦) 


Eudolops 
tetragonus 


& 


Polydolops 
~  clavulus 


"" 1 ■ 1 

6mm  7 


P^L 


Fig.  71.  Size  distribution  of  various  species  of  Polydolopidae  as  indicated  by  re- 
lationship of  length  vs.  width  of  P3. 


86 


FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 


mm 
6  - 


5  - 


4  - 


M.,L 


3  - 


2  - 


& 


Eudolops 
tetragonus 


0 


Polydolops 
mayoi 


Polydolops 
thomasi 


Polydolops 
serra 


Polydolops 
rothi 


Polydolops 
clavulus 


Epidolops 
ameghinoi 


P3L 

Fig.  72.  Size  distribution  of  various  species  of  Polydolopidae  as  indicated  by  re- 
lationship of  length  of  P3  vs.  length  of  M, . 


Character  14  —  Ancestral  condition  of  M3  is  regarded  as  best  approximated  by  that 
seen  in  Epidolops. 

Character  18  —  P2  in  ancestral  polydolopid  very  small,  double  rooted,  crown  without 
cusps,  flattened,  irregularly  oval  in  outline. 

Character  19  —  P3  primitively  well  developed,  bladelike,  cutting  edge  not  serrated. 

Character  20  —  P,  primitively  aligned  in  same  anteroposterior  axis  as  molar  series. 

Character  21  —  M,  primitively  anterior  edge  of  trigonid  elevated  above  talonid  but 
not  modified  into  blade;  labial  and  lingual  edges  of  talonid  without  cusps. 

Character  22  —  M2  primitively  quadritubercular  with  weak  lophs  connecting  primary 
labial  and  lingual  cusps;  trigonid  somewhat  elevated  above  talonid.  Proliferation  of 
cusps  along  labial  and  lingual  surfaces  of  tooth  are  regarded  as  derived  conditions. 

Character  23  —  M:!  primitively  quadritubercular  with  weak  lophs  connecting  primary 
labial  and  lingual  cusps.  Proliferation  of  cusps  along  labial  and  lingual  surfaces  of  tooth 
is  regarded  as  derived. 

Character  26  —  Molar  basins  primitively  shallow  with  lightly  wrinkled  enamel.  In- 
crease in  depth  of  basins  and  of  enamel  wrinkling  are  regarded  as  derived  conditions. 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE 


87 


Utilization  of  these  morphocline  series  are  complementary,  one  with  the  other, 
and  the  final  result  as  shown  in  the  cladogram  in  Figure  74  is  judged  to  be  a 
reasonable  approximation  of  the  phylogenetic  relationships  of  these 
polydolopid  genera. 

Polydolopids  are  represented  by  five  species  in  beds  of  Riochican  age,  seven 
in  beds  of  Casamayoran  age,  one  in  beds  of  Mustersan  age,  and  apparently  one 
in  beds  of  Deseadan  age.  Factors  influencing  the  decline  in  diversity  to  extinc- 
tion of  polydolopids  are  complex,  but  this  process  is  correlated  with  the  appear- 
ance and/or  diversification  of  other  mammal  groups  which  had  similar  dental 
specializations  and  presumably  ecologies  as  well.  The  appearance  of  one  group 
coincides  with  the  disappearance  of  another,  and  by  such  process  the  fossil 
record  documents  the  successive  replacement  through  time  of  (and  by)  different 
groups  of  animals  stemming  from  different  ancestors  but  occupying  the  same 
adaptive  zone.  These  "ecological  replacements"  or  "evolutionary  relays"  may 
have  resulted  from  active  competition  between  the  successive  groups  filling 
these  roles,  or  from  passive  replacement  resulting  from  the  disappearance  of  one 
group  due  to  chance  processes  or  as  a  result  of  concurrent  environmental 
change.  Alternatively,  such  faunal  changes  were  the  result  of  a  combination  of 
these  or  other  possibilities  (Marshall,  1980a,  p.  132). 


mm 
5  - 


M2W 


4  - 


3  - 


2   - 


Polydolops 
mayoi 


Eudolops 
tetragonus 


Epidolops 
ameghinoi 


Polydolops 
kamektsen 


I     X   Amphidolops 

•  /i^  \       serrula 

•  •  • 


Polydolops 
thomasi 


Polydolops 
rothi 


Polydolops 
clavulus 


M2L 


Fig.  73.  Size  distribution  of  various  species  of  Polydolopidae  as  indicated  by  re- 
lationship of  length  vs.  width  of  M2. 


88 


FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

Epidolops       Eudolops      Amphidolops      Polydolops 


Fig.  74.  Cladogram  showing  probable  phylogenetic  relationships  of  better-known  gener; 
of  Polydolopidae.  Diagram  indicates  only  relative  position  of  common  ancestor.  Number; 
refer  to  distribution  and  relative  times  of  acquisition  of  derived  character  states. 

1,  Medium  size:  dental  formula  I5,  C\,  P3,  Mf;  lower  canine  well  developed,  singli 
rooted,  procumbent;  sectorial  blades  P2  and  P3/P3;  P{  either  vestigial  and  single  rooted 
or  absent;  P2  well-developed,  two-rooted  blade;  P3  well-developed,  two-rooted  blade 
P3?  aligned  in  same  anteroposterior  axis  as  molar  series;  molars  quadritubercular;  mola 
basins  shallow  with  very  lightly  wrinkled  enamel. 

2,  P2  very  small,  single  or  double  rooted,  crown  without  cusps,  flattened,  irregularl; 
oval  in  outline,  loss  of  sectorial  function;  axis  of  P3  set  at  about  30°  relative  to  axis  o 
molar  series. 

3,  Complete  loss  of  Py,  loss  of  Mf;  trigonid  of  Mj  elevated  above  rest  of  molar  serie 
and  modified  into  shear  blade;  molars  multituberculate;  supernumary  cusps  develo] 
along  labial  and  lingual  sides  of  M[  talonid  basin,  on  M2.3,  and  on  labial  sides  o 
M1"2. 

4,  Marked  increase  in  size:  loss  of  P2;  secondary  size  reduction  of  P3  relative  to  molars 
molar  basins  deep  with  moderately  wrinkled  enamel. 

5,  Development  of  prominent  row  of  stylar  cusps. 

6,  Apparent  loss  of  P2;  molar  basins  with  strongly  wrinkled  enamel;  some  size  increase 

7,  Loss  of  last  two  lower  incisors;  size  increase  of  lower  canine;  proliferation  of  labia 
cusps  on  upper  molars  (especially  on  M1"2);  secondary  size  decrease  in  some  species 
marked  size  increase  in  others. 


It  is  generally  agreed  that  polydolopids  were  somewhat  rodent-  ani 
primatelike  in  structure  and  ecology.  This  conclusion  is  based  on  comparison  c 
the  dental  specializations  of  polydolopids  with  rodent,  primate,  and  livin; 
(phalangeroid  and  caenolestoid)  marsupial  groups  (e.g.,  Simpson,  1933;  Rose 
1975;  Kay  &  Hylander,  1978;  Marshall,  1980a)  and  the  demonstrable  similarit 
in  structure  and  presumably  function  of  the  dental  apparatus  of  these  groups 

In  view  of  this,  it  is  of  interest  that  caviomorph  rodents  and  platyrrhin 
primates  first  appear  in  the  South  American  fossil  record  in  beds  of  Deseadai 
(early  Oligocene)  age  and  are  dominant  elements  in  subsequent  land  mammc 
faunas  on  that  continent.  These  groups  are  believed  to  have  arrived  in  Soutl 
America  as  waif  immigrants,  either  from  Africa  or  North  (or  Central)  America 
during  or  just  before  Deseadan  time  (see  Marshall,  Hoffstetter  &  Pascual  [ii 
press]  for  a  review  of  pertinent  literature).  In  addition,  members  of  the  marsu 
pial  family  Caenolestidae  having  polydolopidlike  dental  specializations  appea 
in  the  Deseadan  (i.e.,  Palaeothentinae)  and  Colhuehuapian  (late  Oligocene 
Abderitinae)  (Marshall,  1976,  1980a).  It  thus  appears  permissible  to  specular 
that  the  ecological  roles  filled  by  Polydolopidae  in  Riochican  and  Casamayorai 
faunas  came  to  be  filled,  at  least  in  part,  in  the  Oligocene  and  later  faunas  b; 
members  of  the  marsupial  family  Caenolestidae  (Abderitinae,  Palaeothentinae 
and  by  immigrant  caviomorph  rodents  or  platyrrhine  primates. 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE  89 

LITERATURE  CITED 

Abbie,  A.  A.  1937.  Some  observations  on  the  major  subdivisions  of  the  Marsupialia  with 

special  reference  to  the  position  of  the  Peramelidae  and  Caenolestidae.  Jour.  Anat.,  71: 

429-36. 
Ameghino,  F.  1897.  Mammiferes  cretaces  de  l'Argentine.  (Deuxieme  contribution  a  la 

connaissance  de  la  faune  mammalogique  des  couches  a  Pyrotherium) .  Bol.  Inst.  Geog. 

Argentine  18:  406-521. 

.  1898.  Sinopsis  geologico-paleontologica.  Segundo  censo  de  la  Repiiblica  Argen- 
tina. Fol.,  Buenos  Aires,  1:  112-255. 

.  1902a.  L'age  des  formations  sedimentaires  de  Patagonie.  An.  Soc.  Cien.  Argen- 
tina, 50:  109-30,  145-65,  209-29  (1900);  51:  20-39,  65-91  (1900);  52:  189-97,  244-50  (1901); 
54:  161^80,  220-49,  283-342  (1902). 

1902b.  Notice  preliminaries  sur  les  mammiferes  nouveaus  des  terrains  cretaces  de 


Patagonie.  Bol.  Acad.  Cienc.  Cordoba,  17:  5-70  (1902-04). 

-.  1903.  Los  diprotodontes  del  orden  de  los  plagiaulacoideos  y  el  origen  de  los 


roedores  y  de  los  polimastodontes.  An.  Mus.  Nac.  Buenos  Aires,  (3)1:  81-192. 

1904a.  Paleontologia  argentina.  Publicaciones  de  la  Universidad  de  La  Plata. 


Faculdad  de  ciencias  fisico-matematicas,  no.  2:  1-79. 

-.  1904b.  Nuevas  especies  de  mamiferos  cretaceos  y  terciarios  de  la  Repiiblica 


Argentina.  An.  Soc.  Cien.  Argentina,  56:  193-208  (1903);  57:  162-75,  327-41  (1904);  57: 
35-71,  182-92,  225-91  (1904).  [Also  issued  as  a  separate,  paged  consecutively  1-142, 
Buenos  Aires,  1904.] 

-.  1906.  Les  formations  sedimentaires  du  cretace  superieur  et  du  tertiare  de 


Patagonie  avec  un  parallele  entre  leurs  faunes  mammalogiques  et  celles  de  l'ancien 
continent.  An.  Mus.  Nac.  Buenos  Aires,  (3)8:  1-568. 

Archer,  M.  1978.  The  nature  of  the  molar-premolar  boundary  in  marsupials  and  a  re- 
interpretation  of  the  homology  of  marsupial  cheekteeth.  Mem.  Qd  Mus.,  18:  157-64. 

Biggers,  J.  D.  and  E.  D.  DeLamater.  1965.  Marsupial  spermatozoa  pairing  in  the 
epididymis  of  American  forms.  Nature,  208:  401-14. 

Clemens,  W.  A.  and  L.  G.  Marshall.  1976.  Fossilium  catalogus:  American  and  European 
Marsupialia.  W.  Junk,  The  Hague,  Paris  123:  1-114. 

Gregory,  W.  K.  1910.  The  orders  of  mammals.  Bull.  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  27:  1-524. 

Hayman,  D.  L.,  J.  A.  W.  Kirsch,  P.  G.  Martin  and  P.  F.  Waller.  1971.  Chromosomal 
and  serological  studies  of  the  Caenolestidae  and  their  implications  for  marsupial  evolu- 
tion. Nature,  231:  194-95. 

Kay,  R.  F.  and  W.  L.  Hylander.  1978.  The  dental  structure  of  mammalian  folivores  with 
special  reference  to  primates  and  Phalangeroidea  (Marsupialia).  hi  The  ecology  of  ar- 
boreal folivores,  Montgomery,  G.  G.,  ed.,  pp.  173-91.  Smithsonian  Inst.  Press,  Wash- 
ington, D.C.,  574  pp. 

Kirsch,  J.  A.  W.  1977.  The  comparative  serology  of  Marsupialia,  and  a  classification  of 
marsupials.  Austral.  Zool.,  Suppl.  ser.  52:  1-152. 

Marshall,  L.  G.  1976.  Revision  of  the  South  American  Fossil  Marsupial  subfamily  Ab- 
deritinae.  Mar  del  Plata  Mus.  Munic.  Cienc.  Natur.,  Publ.  2(3):  57-90. 

.  1979.  Evolution  of  metatherian  and  eutherian  (mammalian)  characters:  a  review 

based  on  cladistic  methodology.  Zool.  Linn.  Soc.  London,  66:  369-410. 

.  1980a.  Systematics  of  the  South  American  marsupial  family  Caenolestidae.  Field- 

iana:  Geology,  n.s.  no.  5:  1-145. 

.  1980b.  Marsupial  Paleobiogeography.  In  Aspects  of  Vertebrate  History,  Jacobs,  L. 

L.,  ed.,  pp.  345-86.  Museum  of  Northern  Arizona  Press,  Flagstaff,  407  pp. 

Marshall,  L.  G.,  R.  F.  Butler,  R.  D.  Drake  and  G.  H.  Curtis.  1981.  Calibration  of  the 
beginning  of  the  Age  of  Mammals  in  Patagonia.  Science,  212:  43-45. 

Marshall,  L.  G.,  R.  Hoffstetter  and  R.  Pascual.  In  press.  Geochronology  of  the  con- 
tinental mammal-bearing  Tertiary  of  South  America.   Fieldiana:  Geology. 

Obenchain,  J.  B.  1925.  The  brains  of  the  South  American  marsupials  Caenolestes  and 
Orolestes.  Field  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Zool.  ser.,  14(3):  175-232. 


90  FIELDIANA:  GEOLOGY 

Odreman  Rivas,  O.  E.  1978.  Sobre  la  presencia  de  un  Polydolopidae  (Mammalia,  Mar- 
supialia)  en  capas  de  edad  Mustersense  (Eoceno  medio)  de  Patagonia.  Obra  del  Cen- 
tenario  del  Museo  de  La  Plata,  5:  29-38. 

Pascual,  R.  1965.  Un  nuevo  Condylarthra  (Mammalia)  de  edad  Casamayorense  de  Paso 
de  Los  Indios  (Chubut,  Argentina).  Breves  consideraciones  sobre  la  edad  Casa- 
mayorense. Ameghiniana,  4(2):  57-65. 

.  1980a.   Nuevos  y  singulares  tipos  ecologicos  de  marsupiales  extinguidos  de 

America  del  Sur  (Paleoceno  tardio  y  Eoceno  temprano)  del  Noroeste  Argentino:  Act.  II 
Congr.  Argent.  Paleont.  y  Bioestr.,  y  I  Congr.  Latinoam.  Paleont.  Buenos  Aires,  1978,  2: 
151-73. 

-.  1980b.  Prepidolopidae,  nueva  familia  de  Marsupialia  Didelphoidea  del  Eoceno 


sudamericano.  Ameghiniana,  17(3):  216^12. 

1981.  Adiciones  al  conocimiento  de  Bonapartherium  hinakusijum  (Marsupialia, 


Bonapartheriidae)  del  Eoceno  temprano  del  Noroeste  Argentino.  Anais  II  Congresso 

Latino-Americano  Paleontologia,  Porto  Alegre,  Abril  1981,  2:  507-20. 
Pascual,  R.  and  M.  Bond.  1981.  Epidolopinae  subfam.  nov.  de  los  Polydolopidae  (Mar- 
supialia, Polydolopoidea).  Anais  II  Congresso  Latino-Americano  Paleontologia,  Porto 

Alegre,  Abril  1981,  2:  479-88. 
Pascual,  R.  and  H.  E.  Herrera.  1973.  Adiciones  al  conocimiento  de  Pliolestes 

tripotamicus  Reig,  1955  (Mammalia,  Marsupialia,  Caenolestidae)  del  Plioceno  superior 

de  la  Argentina.  Ameghiniana,  10(1):  36-50. 
.  1975.  Stilotherium  Ameghino,  1887,  el  mas  primitivo  Caenolestidae  conocido. 

Consideraciones  sobre  la  transicion  Didelphidae-Caenolestinae  (Marsupialia).  Act.  1st 

Cong.  Argent.  Paleont.  y  Bioestr.,  Tucuman,  1974,  2:  417-30. 
Pascual,  R.  and  O.  E.  Odreman  Rivas.  1971.  Evolucion  de  las  comunidades  de  los 

vertebrados  del  Terciario  Argentino.   Los  aspectos  paleozoogeograficos  y  paleo- 

climaticos  relacionados.  Ameghiniana,  8:  372-412. 
Patterson,  B.  and  L.  G.  Marshall.  1978.  The  Deseadan,  Early  Oligocene,  Marsupialia  of 

South  America.  Fieldiana:  Geology,  41:  37-100. 
Paula  Couto,  C.  de.  1952.  Fossil  mammals  from  the  beginning  of  the  Cenozoic  in  Brazil. 

Marsupialia:  Polydolopidae  and  Borhyaenidae.  Amer.  Mus.  Novit.,  1559:  1-27. 
.  1961.  Marsupiais  fosseis  do  Paleoceno  do  Brazil.  An.  Acad.  Brasil.  Cienc,  33: 

321-33. 
— .  1970.  News  on  the  fossil  marsupials  from  the  Riochican  of  Brazil.  An.  Acad. 

Brasil.  Cienc,  42:  19-34. 
Reig,  O.  A.,  John  A.  W.  Kirsch  and  L.  G.  Marshall.  In  preparation.  Systematic  re- 
lationships of  extant  and  Neocenozoic  opossumlike  marsupials,  with  comments  on  the 

classification  of  these  and  other  Cretaceous  and  Paleogene  New  World  and  European 

Metatherians. 
Ride,  W.  D.  L.  1962.  On  the  evolution  of  Australian  marsupials.  In  The  Evolution  of 

Living  Organisms,  Leeper,  G.  W.,  ed.,  pp.  281-306.  Melbourne  Univ.  Press,  459  pp. 
Rodrigues  Francisco,  B.  H.  and  F.  L.  de  Souza  Cunha.  1978.  Geologia  e  Estratigrafia  da 

Bacia  de  Sao  Jose,  Municipio  de  Itaborai,  R.  J.  An.  Acad.  Brasil.  Cienc,  50:  381-416. 
Rose,  K.  D.  1975.  The  Carpolestidae-Early  Tertiary  primates  from  North  America.  Bull. 

Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  147:  1-74. 
Schlosser,  M.  1923.  Grundzuge  der  Palaontologie  (Palaeozoologie)  von  Karl  A.  von  Zit- 

tel,  II  Abteilung-Vertebrata.  Neuarbeitet  von  F.  Broili  und  M.  Schlosser.  Munich  and 

Berlin,  R.  Oldenbourg,  706  pp.  (Marsupials,  pp.  433-42). 
.  1925.  Class  V.  Mammalia,  Vol.  III.  Textbook  of  Paleontology,  K.  A.  von  Zittel, 

revised  by  Max  Schlosser.  MacMillan  &  Co.,  London,  316  pp.  (Marsupials,  pp.  21-39). 

Simon,  C.  1982.  Fossilized  jaw  first  sign  of  land  mammals  in  Antarctica.  Sci.  News,  vol. 
121(13):  213. 

Simpson,  G.  G.  1928.  Affinities  of  the  Polydolopidae.  Amer.  Mus.  Novit.,  no.  323:  1-13. 

.  1930.  Post-Mesozoic  Marsupialia.  In  Fossilium  Catalogus.  1:  Animalia.  W.  Junk, 

Berlin,  Pt.  47:  1-87. 


MARSHALL:  SYSTEMATICS  OF  POLYDOLOPIDAE  91 

.  1933.  The  "plagiaulacoid"  type  of  mammalian  dentition.  A  study  of  convergence. 

Jour.  Mammal.,  14:  97-107. 

-.  1935a.  Descriptions  of  the  oldest  known  South  American  mammals,  from  the  Rio 


Chico  Formation.  Amer.  Mus.  Novit.,  no.  793:  1-25. 

1935b.  Occurrence  and  relationships  of  the  Rio  Chico  fauna  of  Patagonia.  Amer. 


Mus.  Novit.,  no.  818:  1-21. 

-.  1936.  Notas  sobre  los  mamiferos  mas  antiguos  de  la  coleccion  Roth.  Inst.  Mus. 


Univ.  Nac.  La  Plata.  Obra  del  Cincuentenario,  vol.  2:  63-94. 

1948.  The  beginning  of  the  Age  of  Mammals  in  South  America.  Part  I.  Bull.  Amer. 


Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  91(1):  1-232. 

-.  1964.  Los  mamiferos  casamayorenses  de  la  Coleccion  Toumouer.  Rev.  Mus.  Ar- 


gent. Cien.  Nat.  Paleont.,  1(1):  1-21. 

1967a.  The  Ameghinos'  localities  for  early  Cenozoic  mammals  in  Patagonia.  Bull. 


Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  136(4):  63-76. 

1967b.  The  Beginning  of  the  Age  of  Mammals  in  South  America.  Part  II.  Bull. 


Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  137:  1-259. 

-.  1971.  The  evolution  of  marsupials  in  South  America.  An.  Acad,  brasil.  Cienc,  43 


(supp.):  103-18. 

Tournouer,  M.  A.  1903.  Note  sur  la  geologie  et  la  paleontologie  de  la  Patagonie.  Bull.  Soc. 
Geol.  France,  ser.  4,  3:  463-73. 


Appendix  1.  Measurements  of  lower  cheek  teeth  of  some  species  of  Polydolops. 


P2 

P3 

Ml 

M2 

Specimen 

L            W 

L 

W 

L 

W 

L            W 

clavulus 

MACN  10356 

1.2          1.0 

2.7 

2.3 

1.8 

1.8 

MACN  10360 

2.8 

2.4 

1.8 

1.7 

1.8          1.7 

kamektsen 

AMNH  28525 

2.3          2.0 

rothi 

MLP  11-122 

4.0 

2.9 

3.0 

2.6 

2.8          2.5 

winecage 

AMNH  27893 

4.3 

3.9 

3.1 

2.6 

Appendix  2.  Measurements  of  cheek  teeth  of  Polydolops  serra. 


Specimen 

Upper  Dentition 
MACN  10353 
AMNH  28409 
AMNH  28412 
AMNH  28425 
AMNH  28426 
AMNH  28427 
AMNH  28885 

Lower  Dentition 
AMNH  28408 
AMNH  28429 
MACN  10341 
MACN  10359 
MACN  10361 
MACN  10363 


P2 
L         W 


P3 
L         W 


1.9       1.5       4.0 

3.4 

Ml 
L         W 


3.3 
3.4 
3.5 
3.4 
3.6 
3.5 


3.6 

3.6 
3.4 
3.6 
3.7 
3.7 


M2 
L         W 

2.9 


ca  3.1     2.5 


4       2.6 
.    ca2.6 

2       2.8 


3.0 
3.2 


2.5 
2.7 


M3 
L         W 


2.0 


92 


& 

-1 

-J 

nO 

co 
co 

•  ** 

'  co 

co 
co 

'  on 
.  co 

!  "*! 

ON 

in  \ 
co  ! 

.  <n 
■  ■<* 

co 

■<* 
co 

00 

fn  . 

co  '. 

1 

o 

8. 

.© 
o 

a, 

9 

? 

s 

-J 

— 

-J 

c4  •  • 

•  <N   •   • 

t\  " 

<N 

v> 

oo 

!  co 

5 

t 

1 

to  M  rn 

oo  in  oo 
co  co  co 

"  00  <N  o 
.  <N  CO  CO 

■  oo  in  on 

.  CO  CO  CO 

'ON00 
.  CO  CO  <N 

;  On  O;  in 

,  CO  CO  CO 

co  in  in  co  co  on 

T}<     *3<    Tj^    T^*    Tj^    CO 


CO       .CO       .CO 


ONin     "rxTtco'^inco 


t}<     •  rj<         •  ,— i     •  in    'in 

^.  *  no  in    '  m    ;     \  ci 

|  i-j  to    •  ^j    |     |  ©    ) 
'  in  in     \  in     j     !  in     j 

£    :::::::::: 

-j    


U       <N  Cn|   Cn|  Cn|  CN|  CN| 


S22l3!iGcgooil 
£J  £!  co  co  "T  *T 


< 


2;  2;  co  co  .- 

ZZZZZuUtt, 


-«   ^     nJ 

3  *~ ■  cs  in 
(NcNfNCNcor^coco 

ONONONONONr}«rOCO 

cs|cs|CNlcMCN|CMrNi(Nci.^^; 

i.  NlIIIIIIIiZZ 
nZZZZZZ ZZzUU 


x 


93 


rr>  O 

a  .  -I ^ 

I    •"        -  no --1 

I       ,        ■  ^ <N 

HiJ  ■  _J r-c 

a     -s « 

^    q  in     [  o\  oo     ]  ■'■"oo'' 
co 

a 

.oq-^'t^oq;  in 

^coc\icocococococo  \  cn  P5         \    !  co  co    \  c*3         !  co    [  csi 

CM 

a 

MnmmwNMK  'mo     '         '  k  00     'oo     "     'oo     'on 

cocococococococo  '  CO  •<*     !           'coco      '  co     '      '  co     '  co 


°,        rH 


u 


O   t}<  so  \£>  LO  CO  CO 
CO   CO    CO    CO    CO    CO   CO 


O  CO  CO 
CO  Tt*  t}< 


O    NO    NO    IO 

CO  CO  CO  CO 


■>*  co  ■*  co  in 


ON  tN  CNj  rf 

CO     Tf     ^     Tjl 


ID    NO    O 


NO    ON 


a, 

:  :«>  :  £ 

.     .  "*    .    "-1 

ON 

d 

,  cn  00  _  ;  co  ;  o  co  ^t1  "  '  (N  ^  •*  •    '  tj<  ' 

10-^  \    ;  uS  \  in  in  in  !  |  !  !  !  |  1  ]  in  in  in  \    '.    '.  10  i^S 

ON 

1— I 

c 
o 

2   :-:::::  :o  ::::::::::::::::  I 

CO 

j    :°  :::::  :^  ::::::::::::::::  § 

.CM ri ,£ 

c 

0> 


4P   NO  t^  CN  CO  On  O 


•n    ooooooono 


00  i— 1  cm  co  t*<  in  in 

3333333^^ 
>  >  > 


I  I  I  I  I  I  I 


On  On  On  On  On  On  On 


Z*-J       >—?       »-y       .--       .-,       >__       .-_       I—,       I—,       ij>       W^       W^       VJ>       V-»^       W^       VJ>        V*-'        N^        ^^ 
ZZZZZZZZZininmtninininNONONO 


cm  on  r-j.  op 

00  co  "41  ■4|  --, 

CM  1— 1  i— 1  1— 1  v  ■" 

B  >  >  >  z 

ON  t"^   Cv  t-N   ^7 

NO  [^    f^  1^    <^ 

CU  0_  C2-,  Pu  £ 

J  J  J  JZ 


94 


Appendix  5.  Statistics  for  some  cheek  tooth  dimensions  of  Polydolops  thomasi. 
Dimension  N  OR  x  s  CV 

3  3.0-3.4  3.20 

3  3.0-3.8  3.30 

8  4.3-4.9  4.50 

8  3.9-4.7  4.36 

6  3.4-3.5  3.43 

6  3.6-3.9  3.77 

15  4.8-5.4  5.22 

14  3.8-4.9  4.41 

19  3.9-5.6  4.38 

21  2.9-4.5  3.41 

24  3.^4.0  3.73 

24  2.5-3.3  3.04 

8  3.4-3.8  3.69 

7  2.5-3.1  2.83 

4  11.6-12.3  12.03 

2  16.2-17.0  16.61 


Appendix  6.  Measurements  of  lower  cheek  teeth  of  Polydolops  mayoi. 
P3  Ml  M2 


Upper  Cheek  Teeth 

P3 

L 

W 

M1 

L 

W 

M2 

L 

W 

Lower  Cheek  Teeth 

P3 

L 

W 

M, 

L 

W 

M2 

L 

W 

M, 

L 

W 

M,_, 

L 

P^M3 

L 

.20 

6.25 

.44 

13.33 

.21 

4.67 

.23 

5.28 

.05 

1.46 

.12 

3.18 

.19 

3.64 

.34 

7.71 

.34 

7.76 

.37 

10.85 

.16 

4.29 

.20 

6.58 

.16 

4.34 

.20 

7.07 

.31 

2.58 

.55 

3.31 

Specimen 

L 

W 

L 

W 

L 

W 

MLP  52-XI-4-176 

5.2 

5.0 

5.2 

3.6 

4.0 

3.8 

MLP  59-11-28-95 

5.5 

3.9 

4.1 

3.8 

MLP  69-III-24-1 

5.3 

5.9 

5.0 

4.1 

4.7 

4.1 

MLP  69-111-24-12 

5.1 

4.8 

95 


-2       w 


c 

•a 

, . 

(Q 

ra 

TJ 

X 

TO 

^_, 

X 

9 

O 

X 

CD 

x 

>- 

0) 

( 

Ol 

C 

£ 

X 

>-* 

Ol 

a. 

3 

6 

o 
0* 

o 

E 

M 

c 

•c 

73 

-x> 


a%e 


re 


u 


£    ?   n    aCT3^    SS    &,  «    m    P 


•SC3C3? 


3  «a  5 

c 


•3  >> 


6  c  c  a  3 


nju(UXi«i4!!*iCi.4:0(5(X0M) 


VO 


bo      55 


01 

"3  ._ 

o 


^  03  M>~  ^  C  i 

^  tj  t  -s  -  C  m  c 

03  x  .2   v,   F  P   S  - 

r-  OJ  fcc 


_    O 


S  F  •*>  —  m  ^  ,Z  ^  =  8  'x1 

>h    oi    SI    P    o..      n .  (0    C,  n    -< 


S  a,  c  3  <£  o  -v  x>  aJ-c  bo 


c 

•4=  — 

x  03 

3  2 

£>  J-1 


.     C  C^h-mS-3c 

91    V  i     (0    O    9    ■>  2&  «°    41 

0)    C    ^    X    _  O    O  ~    ^    C 


Oi 


03 


H  ^= 


X  2 


bC 

■8  5 


ra  -a   B   a   <»   * 

3 


TO 


5  13  XT 


01    o 

u  oi  x  03  <S  J:  CXfS  o  (Q  ,3  C  a  to 


«  p  o 


0,0    3  T3 
73   on   °   Sb  g 


£« 


3    £ 


c 

a  — 

X  03 

~3  BO 

^3  « 

*«  Xi 

3  2 

x  Jr1 


id 


,    C 

00  01 
Oj    c 

c^'g 

01  o 

o- .. 

oi  ■*-> 
3    C 


S  8 

2-2 


"P  o 


S  ^2  *  c 

**     X     03 


O    O)    H 


C  T3   «   g   a;   a  «   "> 

X    03   jH   *i    Cl,*i    O    03 


^  -•  '2    C    I;    m    in 
O    3  _    . 

Dm  U    2  -3 


03  X? 

6  3  w 
</>  to  c 
<*  Xi  C  -3 
„    i_  _    an 


c 

,^ 

0 

* 

•-3 
3 

8 

E 

X 

3 

M 

TJ 

X 

11 

xi 

E 

-c 

c 

to 

§ 

b 

42 

ra 

•S 

. 

E 

5 
5 

(0 

£ 

E 

3 

j* 

ao 

lo 

S3         ^^ 


<    "6 


ft 

03 

bO 

« 

g 

> 

v3 

X 

03 

01 

I-H 

> 

T— 1 

i  =  SP    x  *; 

PH      (l<°      3      «      ,.     * 

a,73  5  ^  w  o 


C3 


J5  oi  o  *-.  ai 
23x  g  x 

c  3  c^a 

03    O    01  T3     >-. 


3 
X 


*!  »  ?, 

C    3    r 
"ra   E 


JS  "P 

o  x 
S   oi 


«    u    00    5    C 
i!    C    03    S    03  X 

•43  x  a,  c  -c 


c  3 

_      >   _.     X 

°  2  c  " 

M    ij    03  !2 

C    <m    _      «0 

01    o    03  — 
0>  -g     03 

5  .&-S  3 


rx 


.a   oo 


i    to 


o    ... 
o 

Si  tSu*; 

c*.  o 

03      O      Q 


01 


o 

o   o^ 
g-oo° 

^2.5 

O  X  X 


3 
bO 
P 

P 

o 

X     01 

3  ^2 


03  , 

x    fc  P  fj 

oi   oi  3   o 

1/5  c  c  i 

^1-2  I 

c 

o 


.H  ° 


>M 

41 

> 

"3 

u 

^5 

03 

S 

> 

03 

Dtf 

c 

X 

U 

IH 

o  >  oi  ^  a 

"43    03  Ml'P  3 

03  " — '  03  33    u 

tC  J  03  ^   U^   D? 


f^Ti 

11* 

c 

■3 

o 

3 

u 

0) 

96 


*-f  §  E  J^  S.-S  >* 
J2,  C  c  o>  « 


5  ~K  .5 

ai  «  C-  C 


o      -^ 
.    E       >^ 

jU     0)   rH     >- 

v-  E-£  c 

Oi  w— ;    « 


o  "  E 
<2/C  .2  S 


di  js 


—    60 
"3    •- 

2  « 

E  ~~ 


^1-      3 
J2  v-  in  g       <r> 

3 


o  o 
c  -c 


c 

c 

* 

* 

o 

o 

c 

c 

M 

-* 

c 

c 

3 

3 

5^-^ 

jL 

o  ~ 

C 

•6  2 

■ 

Ed 

ai  'C 

a 

01 

•*-*   o> 
<n   3 

in 

o 
a. 

g) 

O    C 

rz 

a.  -z 

oi  =3 

a 

** 

60  nj 
<a   E 

E 

VI 

c 

— ■   m 

0 

0 

C^ 

C 

•c 

'C 

i      01 

C    01    _ 
»■    ">    c 


in     l«     in     >> 

.  o    .  »e 


tu 


*;    3  —    in    60—.    jjT -c 

e-^^E  is  g-^fc 

>*m(n<i;J3,oii-.(5 
ro  "* 


C     3    01 


60 


4 


Cl.  in 


p  ^ 


is        a>   oi 
**   5        IS    60 

g.  S  1£  g.js  > 


2°>vc  2  >vc 

—  o  c       o  c 


5 


01    0< 
O    c 


c 

o 

c 

«m      .2 

'1       c 

^h  3 


—         i— i    C  T^ 

S  S  o  S?-c 


E 


B 

X, 

E 

t3 
2 

CL._q    -t-> 

w  *t:    u 
3    E    C 

y 

E  c 

Cl- 
in 

3 

E 

tj 

c 

u 

= 

<-»    3  S3 

3 
a 

C 

3  -3 

u 

3 

■a 

H 

u 

0 

c 
2 

—    C    <" 

i«    c    <" 
in     ^  ^> 

3S^ 

"2 

c 

0 

E  c  3  E  c 

3  c  ^  3  s  -3   „ 

»-3-2    ,-a  60&" 

S^ jsS  o^  3 


97 


&T3 


>  TS 

V    O 

=3    o 


*-  T5 
-,*■  M>        C    ft 

i *  S  6  * 

w  73   o   Oh  C 

5  3>  o  -a  g 
•3  ai  ex  a>  rQ 


5  ° 

.H  o> 

«  M 

£  o 

01  0> 

-Q  c 

*C  "J 


o    g    <° 

•  .      O    -R 

H  pfi 


U     (0 


3    O  JC 

o  (X  o 

Oh '3    i5 


0  , 

1  J 

■3 -a 

*3    oi" 

T3    01 
"ffi    >  "3 
0)    * 

2  "V  o 

3  -i    o 


k.b0      jd 

2  «  S^  | 
m  ^,  (4  e  w 

S  «  S  S  2 

VC    01    nj    Cu  C 


C    <n    O  — I 

3    o 
p    o    o^ 
gj  3 

en    60  o 

"*    O 


T3  T> 

3   5 

ft       >H 

oj   C 


T3        • 

c  *• 
<0    en  • 

— I  o>  •- 
.2  "3«# 
.£>  '35 

(0 


J 


u 


5fl 


01 


01 

3 
(- 


ro 


;Bu 


I  g3.fi 

^i    O    u  3 


98 


J     J    J 


<: 


~i 


J    j 


S 


\»' 


S 


•: 
••• 


% 

OOhN 

"  in  in 

1s 

.  fn  ^*  ^ 

.  m  m 

s 

n 

ts 

s 

£ 

-J 

'  v©  in  in 

t-^  ^ 

<u 

.  m  to  en 

.  •*  m 

o  £ 


O  <N 

nc  in 


in  in  in 
ro  co  fn 


"*  **}  in 
in  in  m 


—  n 

H  £l  8  ^  ^  4 

*^  ^  2;  f>  tn  J 


JO 

-  ~    3  —    - 
O-S    > 


X  frl     3 


| 


»■*     ._     rr*    H  "T"1     w 


So  3  Ji-SS-o  32S15  3  3-8 


99 


rH  J 


H00ON00 

■*  co  **  co  co 


vn  nJ 


00  vO  00  \0  K 

iri  iri  in  in  iri 


h      "      "  <N  00 

"  t-v  t^     '     ' 

i     .     .in^f 

.  n  tn     .     . 

r\      '      "  00  00 

"   CM  O       '       ' 

i     .     .mm 

_  vO  ^O      . 

£ 

m 

c 

i 

ITION 

ezi  sp.  n 
28932 

us 

28430 

28437 

10340b 

10358 

-VI-14- 

Z 
0 

j-j 

u 

£'?x 

|IIH2^ 

z 

Dk 

Qgf 

^zzuut 

Q 

in 

i|2<<j 

£*< 

-<<222 

UJ 

£uj 

UJ 

2 
n 

D 

J 

in  to  Tt  oo  oo 

CO  rr,  rr,  (N  <N 
3!  co  co     I 

w  °°  O  O  S  — 

g    ^    —    <-H       I  I 

5  hH   __  K-,  ON  ON 

S^  U  U  p_  p_ 

w 


100 


Appendix  10.  Measurements  of  upper  cheek  teeth  of  Epidolops  ameghinoi. 


P3 

Ml 

M2 

M3 

Specimen 

L 

W 

L 

W 

L 

W 

L 

W 

AMNH  49812 

4.8 

4.0 

2.5 

3.0 

2.2 

3.1 

AMNH  49813 

4.7 

4.2 

2.5 

3.4 

DGM  198-M 

4.3 

3.4 

2.3 

3.3 

2.1 

3.3 

1 

4 

2.4 

DGM  199-M 

5.8 

5.0 

2.6 

3.5 

2.3 

3.3 

DGM200-M 

4.6 

5.0 

DGM  201-M 

5.7 

5.0 

DGM  203-M 

4.4 

4.7 

2.5 

3.6 

2.3 

3.3 

1 

6 

2.6 

DGM204-M 

5.4 

4.7 

2.3 

3.4 

2.1 

3.2 

1 

5 

2.1 

DGM  205-M 

5.8 

5.2 

2.5 

3.9 

DGM206-M 

2.4 

3.5 

2.3 

3.3 

1 

6 

2.4 

DGM  321-M(1) 

5.0 

4.4 

2.5 

3.5 

2.1 

3.3 

DGM  321-M(r) 

5.1 

4.7 

2.4 

3.5 

2.1 

3.2 

DGM  893-M 

4.4 

3.9 

2.1 

3.1 

2.0 

2.8 

DGM  909-M 

2.4 

3.6 

2.2 

3.4 

1 

4 

2.5 

DGM  910-M 

5.2 

4.5 

2.1 

3.3 

DGM  911-M 

4.5 

2.1 

3.1 

2.0 

3.0 

DGM  912-M 

5.8 

5.3 

2.5 

3.8 

2.1 

3.5 

1 

6 

2.4 

DGM  913-M 

4.1 

3.4 

2.1 

3.1 

2.0 

3.0 

DGM  914-M 

4.4 

4.0 

2.1 

3.1 

1.9 

3.0 

DGM  915-M 

5.8 

5.0 

2.2 

3.4 

DGM  916-M 

2.4 

3.2 

1 

6 

2.2 

DGM  918-M 

2.3 

3.3 

2.1 

3.1 

MNRJ  1406-V 

4.7 

4.0 

2.4 

3.3 

2.2 

3.0 

MNRJ  1407-V 

5.1 

4.2 

2.2 

3.4 

2.1 

3.1 

MNRJ  1409-V 

2.2 

3.3 

2.0 

3.0 

MNRJ  1410-V 

4.9 

3.8 

2.3 

3.5 

MNRJ  141 1-V 

4.8 

3.9 

MNRJ  1416-V 

.  .  . 

.  .  . 

2.1 

3.5 

2.1 

3.1 

. 

101 


LD  O 


o  o 


o  o 
in  ■* 


CN  tx 

oR 

o 

oo  t-x 

on  oo     . 

:<*n 

•  o 

•  i— i 

.  OS  00 

OS    (0      • 

•  «  « 

•    as    as 

\q  en  in 

06  a\  o\ 
as    as    as 


w 

'o 


CN  ^H 

CN  CN 


O  O 
CN  CN 


O  Os 
CN  r-i 


\o  \o  in 

CN  CN  CN 


CN  CN  CN 


vonnNoo*oinvoNvoif)t-iifiov 

eNCNCNeNeNeNCNCNCNeNCNCOCNCN 


'JvNN'iliOOlOMrjvOinONOv 
leNeNCNeNeNencNeNCNCNeNCOCNeN 


n  \o  in  in 

NO 

'  IX 

vO 

CN  CN  CN  (N 

CN 

.  CN 

CN 

tx  vO  tx  00 

cx 

■  oo 

sC 

CN  CN  CN  CN 

CN 

.  CN 

CN 

cri        T^. 


in  in  in 

CN  CN  CN 


invovoin^omo 

CNCNCNCNCNcOCNeO 


vovo^in^co^vo 

CN i  (N  CN  CN  CN  CN  CN  CN 


l-H    ©    © 

co  eo  cn 


oooooooNnoH 
eoeNCNeNcNeoeoco 


NOiOvOHOOON 
CNCNCNcnrOCNrOCN 


in  no  on  oo 
co  en  en  en 


oo  Tf  oo  ■*  cn  m 
en  ^  ^  ^  -^  in 


o  co  oo  no 
in  -^  -^  en 


-*coh 
en  •*  en 


T^     TjH     ^J<    ^ 


OlfO^HH 

in  in  ^o  in  in  no 


o  CN  cn  o 
vb  in  in  in 


'  in  cn  in 
'  t}<  in  -^ 


*N00»Oh<J<O 

—  ►_,_,  NNNNNNKKN0O000000M(lO00CJi(MJ>O\ 

<<<<<<<<DQQQQDQQQDQDQDDDQDDD 


102 


t*  «NN  (00)0  on 

5  m    ~  ■<*  ■<*  *t    '    '  ui  in  \6 \o  \d 

■  j     ■    -~~~    .    ;^"    ;:;;;;;;;;;;••    • -1  ~ 

£p  *     *  <o  ra  (0     *        to  (0  ra  «  <o 

—  uuuuuu  uu 

,i<  j  !  o>  oo  oo        !  2  2  °^    •  •    io^osoN    !  o>        [oooo        !  2  2 

uuO  8  8°  uuuu  uu  33 

*    :::::":::::::::::::::::::::: 

-  ; : ; ; ;s ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; : 

^,   o  Tf  o  »-i    ■  «-■    ;  ;  i-<    ;  i-<    ;  o    ;  o    ;        ;  o    ;    ;  co  cn 


i-<  h  o>  oq    ;  o 
r\i  c\i  1-5  i-5     '  oi 


i-j    ;  o    '  o;    ;  oq    ]        ;  o    j    !  ''i  °. 

<N      !<N      !  i-5      '  »H  '  <N  '(Ncsi 


00      '  >C  vO      'tvt^ONOO      "  IO  ^  O  N      '  N  MT  If)  N  >C      '101010          On  CJ\ 

rj     [(Ntsi     [rsifNrsioi     ]  oi  csi  r\i  csi     ]  «n  cn  cn  oi  <n  rsi     ](vic4(N     j  r\i  r\i 


~     2 


r^     '  in  in    'oooono>     't-^t^oooo     "looiovoioso    'tot^vo    '  oo  vo 
<N     !  cn  oj     '  c4  r\i  r\i  r\i     '  rsi  rsi  c\i  rsi     '  cn  cj  oi  r\i  oi  r-i     '  oi  c\i  oi     ]  oi  csi 


t^   vC  SO   Tf 

r>i  <n  jn  csi 


oo  on  on  it  m    'io    'oovcvovooovo    '  »o  in  s    !  °°  °° 
<n  r>i  oi  <n  c\i     [  oi     '<n<n<n<n<ncs     !  (N  <si  r\i     '«ncn 


ON  N» 
\  CO  CS  (N  (N 


o>ooom»no>       o  o  oo  oq  o  oq       oooqi-;     ,  *"•  *-| 
oi  co  ro  oi  c\i  co  <N     ]  fO  ro  N  <N  ro  ri     ]<N<NC"i     !fOfO 


inin  oq 
^f  ^J*  ro 


•*(S  oq 
in  in^ 


loroo  '  in  »o  '  i— i  'vo  '  r^  '  nn  in  * 

^t  Tji  in  ]  ci  •**  ]tj<  \     |ro  ]ro  .  rri  *r  *T  ■** 

o\  oo  oo  'too  'i-i  'on  'io  ;  io  t->.  oq  to 

in  in  in  !  ■»*  io  'in  !         \  <&  !  **  j^TjiiniiS 


rlooJ-^r^^dlfi^fA4iAvA^o0^^^^ll5l§8 


(NfOfO0000X^(^<^^^CT\Ov^ 


^-*     ^-*     ^-"     ^-*     ^-i     «-l     ^-*     ^-t     •— •     ^-«     *— *     *-«     ^-H     ^-*     ^-t     __     *—m     t— —     .— »     •— «     t-^     f^     t—m     —^     *—m     >— »     »-»     *—m 

UUOUUUUUOUUUUygZ2Z2ZZ2ZZZZ2Z 


103 


Appendix  12.  Statistics  for  some  cheek  tooth  dimensions  of  Epidolops  ameghinoi. 


Dimension 

N 

OR 

X 

s 

PPEI 

i  Cheek  Teeth 

p3 

L 

22 

4.1-5.8 

4.97 

0.55 

W 

21 

3.4-5.3 

4.40 

0.57 

M1 

L 

24 

2.1-2.6 

2.32 

0.17 

W 

24 

3.0-3.9 

3.39 

0.22 

M2 

L 

20 

1.9-2.4 

2.13 

0.13 

W 

20 

2.8-3.5 

3.16 

0.17 

M3 

L 

7 

1.4-1.6 

1.53 

0.10 

W 

7 

2.1-2.6 

2.37 

0.17 

3WE 

r  Cheek  Teeth 

P3 

L 

35 

4.5-6.1 

5.17 

0.52 

W 

35 

3.1-5.5 

4.18 

0.55 

Mj 

L 

44 

2.7-3.3 

2.93 

0.15 

W 

43 

2.3-3.0 

2.61 

0.16 

M2 

L 

46 

2.5-3.0 

2.69 

0.14 

W 

46 

2.3-3.1 

2.64 

0.16 

M3 

L 

19 

1.8-2.3 

2.02 

0.14 

W 

19 

2.0-2.4 

2.15 

0.13 

M,. 

-4           L 

28 

8.6-11.0 

9.37 

0.62 

Py- 

M4      L 

20 

12.7-17.0 

14.89 

1.07 

104 


o>     ra. 

CO         Uj 

'S. 
o 
"o 

"o 


60 

5  8- 

o  o 

c  ^ 

i  a 


E      -a* 


2 


o 

"S 
c 

o 

60  „ 

73    O 
C    C 

-  -£ 

«  C 

Cu    3 


clcz-      — 


2  _ 


73         73         U 

1    1    8 

•-  •-        tu 

a*  <d      "&b 

"Eb  ao      g 

£  -  §  *.  " 

**    C    «    C  T3 

.    Oi      v  01    c 
•^  XI  73  XI    B 

n  1=  a>  f=  -a 
Qu  5  a.  5  .2 
o  3  o  3.5>- 
S  2  8»  2  5  S 

"°  "a  "°  73  •_  <o 

-3    C  —    C    1»    i- 
"ol   co  "^   co  Xj   o 

5      s     -s 


.2  rf.S 
x>  a. 

^    -^    co 

•§!  § 

„   ■£   co 

60  £    5o 
'in    £    fc 
»  P 


0 


u 


E  "^  c  „ 

<"  £  J2  s 

>-  E  <S    O 

01 


11  Ml* 

gx^73-c  * 
i  S  I  J!  S  £ 


5    «    3  X>    C    G 

t_  X>  JO  '"■  <£  " 

ai  c  Jj  uo.s  c 

rx'-E  o  £  a,  «  -q 

ST  x  s-  o  u  x:  £ 

o  —  X>  "3    m  —  .£ 

71  73   .»  "  t:   «-  co 

>     ,«X»    3    I  t 

oi  <u  3  'E  <«  5  a» 

73  73  Qu_  —  2  "" 
=  .S  S  .2  3  g  O 
0)  X>    cj  73    60  C    C 


5 
c 

MS 

V) 

n 

X) 

1 

o> 

E 

0 

•5 
a. 

5 

0) 
60 

c 

^' 

^ 

JO 

£il 

o 

E 

ffi 

c 

3 

o 

o 

•3 

u 

T3 

C 


*      I 

"co 

E 

en 

b 

9 
> 


_,-_        Ou 


E       ** 


o 

73 

c 
o 

60  „ 

"E   C 

~  5 

73  O 
C  C 
co  .* 

«  C 
O-    3 


2 

"0" 


c 
o 

60  _ 

'C  c 

73  O 

C  C 

CO  -^ 

m  C 

&H  3 


E  -£  ¥ 


> 

— ' 

- 

_2 

Z 

it 

> 

C4 

G 

in 

(O  "co 


6   ^ 


C  _  -S  .j3 
C    ty    g    a, 

U.  73  v2  tn 


rM 


ci 


en 

J;    i-  oi  i- 

O    01  c  Oi 

rx  c  - 


M     **    M 

01    O    01 

o.'go"gu.5o5s 

_j   -  _  .=  — i    ^  —    ^  — 


in       so 


BO 


105 


£ 


a;   bO  ■ 

•a  c  .5 

S  *  2 

32  jd  3 

8'c  S 

3  2  c 

bo  « 

*  c  « 


-a  n 
c  3^ 

nj    re 
(8  _ 

S2^35 
« ;■  x  a) 


■2P° 


x<n  -g  ■"  Si 

<y  S  -2 
g>-  2 

<3     r-     OJ 


5b 

c 

o2 


b'l 


•si 


5    C    3 


55   & 

O  T3 


£_£ 


2  * 


T3    01 

C   bO 

(13  T3 
_,  * 
— -  3  "re  bo 
^■^^  .S 
X*T3  .2  ±3 

o  2       s 

T.    P    bO  u 

C     -v 


>^ 


--"  .2 
"o3  -q 


_re  .O 


re    03  73 
3    (8 


CO 

3    O 

5 -a 


X 


re    to    e 

-c  £  n  a 

CM    $    3 

*  -^  _   o> 

»    £  I  J 

>    s  1  &^ 

,2        3  «  2  oi 

oj  g  T3  «  2  a 

"bb  3>  2  6  5b  6 


JS  c  H  +,  o> 

6^  G  'E  u    J" 

15   u  S3   S. 

I  x  "2  -2  a 

o  — 


"^  _v  .2  Cu  l- 

*  «•!  s-i 

°    ^~  > 

!>   H    (8    S 

»    (5    3    ^ 
*\    J3    H 


5  <u 

c  OJ 

re  t/5 

OJ  >- 


OJ    to 
bO  « 


3 

C     CO     C-       '        '        ' 

I  fi-E  £  Si  s 


•M  •>    55    ra    S 

OJ  ^       «J       -I       A 

■*  ££  §>§ 

a,  to  .3    Xr  >" 

ns  cj    Dh-3    3 


X=3 


O   C  bO  -   «   « 


C    O 


.82    £    *>    S  T3    « 

h  -*  JS  *  .S  | 

2s-3  y^ 


e  -3  3 

q>  c  3 

oj  (is  y 

^  o  ° 

oj  >  cin 

I-,  m  u 

3  3  oj 

u  o  bO 

o  15  J2 

>^  ro  >-< 

IQ  — '  O 


ft   3    >  Ui    .»   i- 


■a  i2  3 
j=  c  g 

be  «   O 


2   r         "3 

TS    •*-»     (1J     ^- 


3    c  -m 

o    C    l_ 


OJ     2     0/ 

-=  £  oi 

JX  Cl.* 


"3   fi- 
ts  in 

T3 

3    3 

o> 

bO  u 

.Sco 

tS 

a 

2xs 

6C 

OJ    C 

3    "3 

"5 

c 

IH 

C   2 

en 

O 

5, 

u 


o  o  c 

2  °  3 

h  h  " 

O  >^  C 

oj  C  5 

ts  a  £ 

g  c  u 


3  ^ 

2  * 


u 
b 

in 

01 

01 

c 

« 

* 

u 

Ih 

£ 

ro 

(0 

0 

ta 

E 

C 

M 

-a  ra 

OJ     U5 

bO  nj 


■'-'    tn  vo    »h 

•C    I  •-    82 

.3    O  O    3 

5  j-  o 

?-  ^  jC 

^  oj  _  ±! 

oi  a  •£  -e 

S  'i  > 

^  re  >  -a 

(8  3 

p03^ 

B    3  u    o 

01      j-  Vh 

.2  -C 


rti     3 


—i    to 

re    !X 
3    en 

£>3 

^3  v£) 


ro 


l"bb§  S| 
2  §  bo.£  Si 
2  i  C  S  x 
^Oo" 
o  «    re  m  j2 

>     OJ  £X^5 

"9  s?  ;r  "3 

~r-  -rj    bo  tj 

JJ  Sts  S2  2 

•S-Sa'gf 

— '  -z  oi  oi  5 

Oi  X>    «  j2  Xi 


&.  ^    <o  S 


O    H 


•a  o 


x 


o  52 


3 

60  g   to 

60 '3    3    OJ  .32 

3  c  e 


T3    w  ^3 


X73    to    on 
■O   3 


G 

'C 

_o 

ro 
"ro 

£ 

ro 

ro 
O 

3 

0 

^5 

C 
0 

£ 

ro 

£ 

0 

Ci 

_ro 

ro 

X 

0 

O 

O 

C 

'x 

XJ 

"C 

X) 

60 

ro 

O  3 

■"  X 

—  10 

re  3 


9i       -  re 


01    1/1    5) 
--  to 


re-  2 

£  "^  "3 
■C  3  -2 
X  re  X> 


£   ^ 

.2  « 

2  3 

.?2  x 
O  o 


106 


™  £e  * 

<0    m    _ 
-C    E  <N    C 

s  -5  js  .8 

«N    S    C 

<3  T3  "O    & 

"^  c  c  > 

2  «    «  £ 

O1  "S    r> 

•a-s  <«  £ 

3  JS    3  — 
•-    >.  C    3 

C   C— '   Q. 

73    3    3    a 

§  6  a  3 
or 


^  1 1 s  s 

*§■§.!.§ 

2  w      b  n 

*    o    5    3    O 

£    3    C    C    m 

AS    <j    £~—    C 


..  O" 

m  "3 

°  £ 

■  -  c 


-*: 
1 
5 
J: 


is 


S  -c  "o  ^ 


0j  -o 


"o>  o 

0 

3.  a. 
JS  _o 
i^"o5 

in    > 


•3  -« 
S  ^3 

*    (0 

v  — 
a. « 

«5  JS 

o 


.22  * 

in    O 

8.8 


a-£ 


P   3 


ai-  JS  — 2- 


r3 


.2       * 


a*  E  £  S  £ 

«tj  s  y  ° 

f^  01    «  vim 
3.     00  C     O 

E  o>  &  T3 


5  * 

in    0J 

36 

_  o 


5-2  £  3 

■*  _2  X>    C    tfl    3 
•^g    3 


o  J* 
C   «» 


yS  o  2 


60  Q-  C    u   C'C   re 


T3    60 
C  T3 

fB     01 


Si  c 

«3    re 

o 


re     in     re     nj 

3    O    3  x 
60  Cu  60  w 


S  o  o> 

a-'G-a 

f  c  2 

■£  «  .o 

>-  -C 
73    O- 

-_    -     / 

Q._CU    — 

5   «£ 
-CO*; 

1/1   f-§ 

i-    60-" 

2/1  ~ 

&0.3  t: 

com 
«3    0u  O. 


3    3    (9   ~    U    ., 

g  o   _   w   u  J" 


^2    C 

O    M>g 

TO;/) 

>-  c 

3    « 
u    o   ■_ 

'C    Cl.^ 

B    «    Oi 
JS    3    u 

«     n     B 

!X^    3 
C    tn 

5  '3  — 

«1    9)     15 


i  c° 

T3    W 


J2-o 
^o" 

-?    60 

SI 

o  a.«« 
og.A 


«   u 


A 
c    c  N 

(/I      4 

8     2 


_2 

OB 

1 — 1 

01 

3 

3 

be 

c 

01 

U 

G 

^_ 

p 

£ 

'-J 

fi 

c 

B 

c 

S 

o 

-t- 

(0 

on 

3 
cr 

3 


"g  -2  £ 
3!JS^ 

S  o  "o 

£  °  ^ 

S"   o 

JU  Js    « 

E  «  > 

m    *3    > 

u    3  ^ 
3    CT  in 


T3  J=  tJ    >> 

0<  .ti    c  — 
in    >  .3    « 

*  "S  .S  "g 

.y  2      3 
1  c°3  a 

en  —  ^>    ™ 
&"g    "•§ 

3  w'o^l 

C  =2    >     I" 

•S  <;  o  ft. 

3  J8  **  S 


*;  O.  ."3 
60  £    ^ 

^  S  3 
T3  ^ 
C    tiOT3 

*ca 

T3  O  « 
«j  —    > 

m    c    01 

J=  ^  *- 

m  J3    to 

to   u   J 

"3  01  s> 
«5^    E 

c  >  o 
m   >   m 


O. 
<n 

3 
tj 

m 
3   ^ 

2  o 


"3    Oi 
S    3 

— •     «5 

S.3 

x    3 

3    nJ 

°^ 
bj"  a, 

E-3^ 
•c  ci 
a.w  o 

».  Sjs 

o  J£ 


K    01  JS 

a.  M.-3 

.2    O"  m 

■o  *-  -3  a. 

aj  a;  5  5) 

a-tn    v  3 

m       *-  y 

«j    C    >  tn 

60.5  E  *- 

c  o  5  3 

(8    D.  (A  O 
'C 


Oi    o 

>  j=  j-  S2 
13  60&J2 

O)  c  a.  2 
DC  JH    3    E 


107 


0 

o 

E 

01 

M> 

Wl 

j 

&. 

t/i 

73 

c 

TS 

(0 

a. 

<3 

uT 

■5b- 

■J3   c 

in     0) 

01     !/J 

>  X 

M      « 

a  u 

•2  o 

.■tS  !• 


JJ  £.5 

Xi  ex 
O    3    > 

S  §£ 

•73    to 

"«>£    5o 

C    C    o> 

"S  £  C 

o 

— i"  >-i 


0)  J3 

3  £ 

_  ° 

3  c 

o  <o 


2  3 

<0    .£> 

'5b  ^ 
to  u 

01    <« 
60  tj 


60  O 

"9  ^ 

01  CX 

i-i  'Jj 
o 
■c  o 

II: 

2  -  ' 
x:  o  . 

C  S 
1    | 


o>    (0 

>  _ 


">  2 


&S 


^  >^ 

J2  a, 
*.   60 

0  73 
C    0> 

h.Stj 
t~ '£  oi 

73    3   to 

01  <J    H 

?r    -  oi 

0  0»   * 

>  a  x> 

01  cu  ^ 
73  "O     (0 

(0    a; 

13  3  £ 


C  ^3        5 

«  J3 

>— ,  X          O 
<0  ._          CO 

5  °      I 

?J      I 

i?  a.T3  " 

7    O    "5   -w 

-.OH 

c  e-  so  o 

"S      1/5      £    M-, 

2  s  2  o 
S-6  3  .a 

x 

to 


! 

in 
O 

Oh 

O 


o>    ~ 

'2-° 
bo.2 


^     ni     (0 


01    01 
73    > 

<o   > 

^3t3 


01    c/) 

*-•    fli 


73    o 

11 

<o 


S    §73 

2  £P'2 

J3    O 

■s  w  .  .. 

73     ^  7 

o  Mi! 
c"?   « 

C     ii     >- 


.2  c  c  £ 

^c-  ° 

to  — *  2  oi 

•2   ^  «  a 

C    t/>  ~  73 

°-3  2  sL 

c  «  c  « 

•43    3    «    <U 

y  oo.v  * 

C  3  ■£  S3 

C  01    <D 

O  TS  ft  JS 

o    C  ~    <« 

r    w    P    S 

tX  ns    O  "3 

°3  S  bo 


-£§2 


3  .oj 


2-2 


73    lu 

01     (O 

bO  in 


13  g 

3  o 

c  *, 

O  in 

.sp  a 

E 

—  Oi 


60=3 
73    Oi 


3  > 


-  1  ^ 


5  2 


01 


,  box 

>   73     ffl 

73    <K  " 

c  6or; 
w  c  c 

I  ■■ 


-    3  .2 
01    U  »q 


— .  (/) 
fa  3 
3  d 
t>0_ 
C   to 

a  3 
d  c  <-. 

■2      =" 
04  13 


.2  3 


<     5 


"73 


.13    « 


JS  O 
3  >- 
60 


Oi    O    v-. 


III 

a  u  J 
(0  c  c 
£   01  ;3 

^  TO     3 

Cca  o 


2  oi 


JH  60  S 

3  TJ  fi 

O)    >-i 

o  .2  -a 

U    >-i     01 

3  "S  S 
5  P  r 
•3    CX  "j 

60_  in 
«  73 

o-  8  01 

111 "«  2 


2  c 

*  O  ji 
°   d7 

OI    ^      !^ 

iP  O  -3 
73         m 

w  CX?o 
I*  TS    bO 

0  «  -2 
-co  — 
Jj      73 

c  o  2 

«    o    M 

_  "-'  — ' 
C    .       <S 


•^  oi 

"t;  "55 
c   o 

S  5. 

m     O 
(8    (0    ^ 

01  iS 
"22 


01  o 
"3  g 


c  »  .2P  2  T.  J2 


73  _c 

C  "^ 
"3  n3 
—  X 
2  -« 

0 


3 

o  m 

"^  on 

v  C 

c  —■ 

2  c 

C  60  fe 

c 

3 


o  o  |3  o  g 

nj   «   re   a;  oj 

3-0  2 

3    W 


g-  o 

c 


6D3 
73    Oi 

O)    w 


o 

2  « 

■3  'C 

c  o» 

(0  en 

Oi  lH 

2-2 


73  ,u 
Oi  <fi 
C  'x 
60  to 

13 


%  g 
3  o 

C  .w 
O  in 
60  O" 

—    01 


60=3 
73    Oi 


S   > 


3   ^   ^ 
c«  5o£-^ 

•-1    C  T"    3 


01  ^   a; 

73    _  73 

•35  2  -55    „ 
en 

■2  x  ^2 

^   2  II 

XI  73  3  _ 

_■-  U  O 

73    C  4,  ■*-• 

C    O  o  fN 

J3    O  73    ^ 


2  * 

•J3  •— . 
«  C 
C  "  « 

O  o 


108 


■*  SS-* 

m 

01 

<2  c 

"T    3 

5 

^ 

£ 

£  <«  "a!  -tr 

£ 

£   2? 

(A 

S 

gpri. 
cusp 
Dnid  1 
ut  nc 

5 

•c  &• 
a  3 

I" 

Mu 

U 

1* 

nnectin 
lingual 
th;  trigi 
lonid  b 

2 

n 

9 
u 

la 

11 

£ 

— 

0) 

c 
0 

01 

c  — 

X> 

lophs  co 
bial  and 
worn  tee 
above  ta 

X, 
9 

3  c 

."t^ 

V) 

B 

c 

E 

T3 

0 

■O 

Q.'ra 

0 

<0 

Gb 

s 

°2 

* 

h 

a 

z 

k. 

n 

> 

0 

0 

12 

_ 

v 

3 

5 

0 

A 

u 

3 

ta 

z 

2 

0 
bb 

c 

A 

1 

01 

S  6 

O   to 
=5    C 

m  a» 

x; 


■a 

z 

£ 

£ 



0 

| 

£ 

(0 

a. 

C 

01 

0 

C    3 

«    p 


St. 


s 

E 

0 

a 

~ 

c 

s 

o> 

X 

m 

Tj 

"33 

01 

E 

z 

S 

> 

c 
o> 

01 

TJ 

■a 

O 

>. 

3 

_^ 

■2 

a 

5 

* 

>. 

2  ^ 

bo 

^ 

£ 

0 

"3 

"S 

jC 

^  c  >  o  — .  .5 

p^  _0J    Cj    £  «5    (/> 


109 


Field  Museum  of  Natural  History 
Roosevelt  Road  at  Lake  Shore  Drive 
Chicago,  Illinois  60605-2496 
Telephone:  (312)  922-9410